TPS80032A2FAYFFR [TI]

具有电源路径和电池充电器的全集成式电源管理 IC (PMIC) | YFF | 155 | -40 to 85;
TPS80032A2FAYFFR
型号: TPS80032A2FAYFFR
厂家: TEXAS INSTRUMENTS    TEXAS INSTRUMENTS
描述:

具有电源路径和电池充电器的全集成式电源管理 IC (PMIC) | YFF | 155 | -40 to 85

电池 集成电源管理电路
文件: 总124页 (文件大小:1574K)
中文:  中文翻译
下载:  下载PDF数据表文档文件
Sample &  
Buy  
Support &  
Community  
Product  
Folder  
Tools &  
Software  
Technical  
Documents  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
TPS80032 Fully Integrated Power Management With Power Path and Battery Charger  
1 Device Overview  
• Control:  
1.1 Features  
– Configurable Power-Up and Power-Down  
Sequences (OTP Memory)  
1
• Five Highly Efficient Buck Converters  
– Configurable Sequences Between SLEEP and  
ACTIVE States (OTP Memory)  
– One 3 MHz, 0.6 to 2.1 V at 5.0 A, DVS-Capable  
– One 6 MHz, 0.6 to 2.1 V at 2.5 A, DVS-Capable  
– Three Digital Output Signals that can be  
Included in the Startup Sequence to Control  
External Devices  
– Three 6 MHz, 0.6 to 2.1 V at 1.1 A, One Being  
DVS-Capable  
• 11 General-Purpose Low-Dropout Voltage  
Regulators (LDOs)  
– Two Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interfaces  
– All Resources Configurable by I2C  
– Six 1.0 to 3.3 V at 0.2 A with Battery or  
Preregulated Supply:  
• System Voltage Regulator/Battery Charger with  
Power Path from USB:  
One can be Used as Vibrator Driver  
One 1.0 to 3.3 V at 50 mA with Battery or  
Preregulated Supply  
– Input Current Limit to Comply with USB  
Standard  
– 3-MHz Switched-Mode Regulator with  
Integrated Power FET for up to 2.0-A Current  
– Dedicated Control Loop for Battery Current and  
Voltage  
– External Low-Ohmic FET for Power Path and  
Battery Charging  
– Boost Mode Operation for USB OTG  
– Supplement Mode to Deliver Current from  
Battery During Power Path Operation  
– Charger for Single-Cell Li-Ion and Li-Polymer  
Battery Packs  
– Safety Timer and Reset Control  
– Thermal Protection  
– Input/Output Overvoltage Protection  
– Charging Indicator LED Driver  
– Compliant with:  
One Low-Noise 1.0 to 3.3 V at 50 mA with  
Battery or Preregulated Supply  
One 3.3 V at 100 mA USB LDO  
Two LDOs for TPS80032 Internal Use  
• USB OTG Module:  
– ID Detection, Accessory Charger Adapter (ACA)  
Support  
– Accessory Detection Protocol (ADP) Support  
• Backup Battery Charger  
• 12-bit Sigma-Delta Analog-to-Digital Converter  
(ADC) with 19 Input Channels:  
– Seven External Input Channels  
• 13-bit Coulomb Counter with Four Programmable  
Integration Periods  
• Low-Power Consumption:  
– 8 µA in BACKUP State  
– 20 µA in WAIT-ON State  
– 110 µA in SLEEP State, with Two DC-DCs  
Active  
• Real-Time Clock (RTC) with Timer and Alarm  
Wake-Up:  
– Three Buffered 32-kHz Outputs  
• SIM and SD/MMC Card Detections  
• Two Digital PWM Outputs  
• Thermal Monitoring:  
USB 2.0  
OTG and EH 2.0  
USB Battery Charging 1.2  
YD/T 1591-2006  
Japanese Battery Charging Guidelines  
(JEITA)  
• Battery Voltage Range from 2.5 to 5.5 V  
• Package 5.21 mm × 5.36 mm 155-pin WCSP  
– High-Temperature Warning  
– Thermal Shutdown  
1.2 Applications  
Mobile Phones and Smart Phones  
Tablets  
Handheld Devices  
Industrial Applications  
Gaming Handsets  
Portable Media Players  
Portable Navigation Systems  
1
An IMPORTANT NOTICE at the end of this data sheet addresses availability, warranty, changes, use in safety-critical applications,  
intellectual property matters and other important disclaimers. PRODUCT PREVIEW Information. Product in design phase of  
development. Subject to change or discontinuance without notice.  
 
 
 
 
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
1.3 Description  
The TPS80032 device is an integrated power-management integrated circuit (PMIC) for applications  
powered by a rechargeable battery. The device provides five configurable step-down converters with up to  
5.0-A current capability for memory, processor core, I/O, auxiliary, preregulation for LDOs, and so forth.  
The device also contains nine LDO regulators for external use that can be supplied from a battery or a  
preregulated supply. The power-up/power-down controller is configurable and can support any power-  
up/power-down sequence (programmed in OTP memory). The RTC provides three 32-kHz clock outputs:  
seconds, minutes, hours, day, month, and year information; as well as alarm wakeup and timer. The  
TPS80032 device supports 32-kHz clock generation based on a crystal oscillator.  
The device integrates a switched-mode system supply regulator from a USB connector. The device  
includes power paths from the USB and battery with supplemental mode for immediate startup, even with  
an empty battery. The battery switch uses an external low-ohmic PMOS transistor allowing minimal serial  
resistance during fast charging and when operating from battery. The device can also be used without the  
external PMOS transistor; the battery is then always tied to the system supply and the switched-mode  
regulator is used for battery charging.  
The TPS80032 device is available in a 155-pin WCSP package, 5.21 mm × 5.36 mm with a 0.4-mm ball  
pitch.  
Device Information(1)  
PART NUMBER  
PACKAGE  
BODY SIZE  
TPS80032  
YFF (155)  
5.21 mm × 5.36 mm  
(1) For more information, see Section 8, Mechanical Packaging and Orderable Information.  
2
Device Overview  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
1.4 Functional Block Diagram  
Figure 1-1 shows the TPS80032 device block diagram.  
VSYS  
VSYS  
C23  
C24  
C3  
C44  
C18  
VSYS  
VSYS  
C1  
C2  
BOOT0  
BOOT1  
BOOT2  
Boot mode  
selection  
SMPS1  
System  
voltage  
monitoring  
Test  
and  
program  
VANA  
VRTC  
RPWRON  
PWRON  
Control  
inputs  
PREQ2  
PREQ3  
External  
power request  
SMPS5  
SMPS3  
SMPS4  
SMPS2  
PREQ1  
MSECURE  
NRESWARM  
CTLI2C_SCL  
CTLI2C_SDA  
DVSI2C_SCL  
DVSI2C_SDA  
NRESPWRON  
INT  
BATREMOVAL  
REGEN1  
REGEN2  
SYSEN  
PWM1  
PWM2  
OSC32KIN  
OSC32KOUT  
OSC32KCAP  
CLK32KAO  
CLK32KG  
CLK32KAUDIO  
Switched  
mode  
system  
supply  
regulator  
GPADC_IN0  
GPADC_IN1  
GPADC_IN2  
GPADC_IN3  
GPADC_IN4  
GPADC_IN5  
GPADC_IN6  
GPADC_VREF  
GPADC_START  
Linear charger  
and  
supplement  
mode  
and  
Coulomb  
counter  
MMC  
SIM  
Detectors  
USB ACA  
ID  
IREF  
VBG  
Reference  
and  
bias  
REFGND  
Charger  
control  
PBKG  
GND_ANA  
GND_DIG_VIO  
Grounds  
GND_DIG_VRTC  
LED  
indicator  
LDOLN  
LDO1  
LDO2  
LDO3  
LDO4  
LDO5  
LDO6  
LDO7  
LDOUSB  
Figure 1-1. TPS80032 Device Block Diagram  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Device Overview  
3
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
Table of Contents  
1
Device Overview ......................................... 1  
1.1 Features .............................................. 1  
1.2 Applications........................................... 1  
1.3 Description............................................ 2  
1.4 Functional Block Diagram ............................ 3  
Revision History ......................................... 5  
Terminal Configuration and Functions.............. 6  
3.1 Pin Diagram .......................................... 6  
3.2 Pin Attributes ......................................... 7  
Specifications ........................................... 12  
4.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings......................... 12  
4.2 Handling Ratings.................................... 12  
4.3 Recommended Operating Conditions............... 12  
5.9 Battery Charging .................................... 61  
5.10 USB OTG............................................ 92  
5.11 Gas Gauge......................................... 100  
5.12 General-Purpose ADC ............................. 102  
5.13 Vibrator Driver and PWM Signals ................. 107  
5.14 Detection Features................................. 108  
5.15 Thermal Monitoring ................................ 109  
5.16 I2C Interface ....................................... 110  
5.17 Secure Registers .................................. 110  
5.18 Access Protocol.................................... 111  
5.19 Interrupts ........................................... 112  
Recommended External Components............ 115  
Device and Documentation Support.............. 117  
7.1 Device Support..................................... 117  
7.2 Community Resources............................. 117  
7.3 Trademarks ........................................ 117  
7.4 Electrostatic Discharge Caution ................... 118  
7.5 Export Control Notice .............................. 118  
7.6 Glossary............................................ 118  
7.7 Additional Acronyms ............................... 118  
7.8 Detailed Revision History .......................... 118  
2
3
4
6
7
4.4  
Thermal Characteristics for YFF Package .......... 13  
4.5 Electrical Characteristics ............................ 14  
4.6 Typical Characteristics .............................. 41  
Detailed Description ................................... 42  
5.1 Real-Time Clock .................................... 42  
5.2 Clocks ............................................... 43  
5.3 Power Management................................. 43  
5.4 Reset System ....................................... 50  
5.5 System Control...................................... 52  
5
8
Mechanical Packaging and Orderable  
Information............................................. 121  
8.1 Packaging Information ............................. 121  
5.6  
System Voltage/Battery Comparator Thresholds ... 56  
5.7 Power Resources ................................... 56  
5.8 Backup Battery Charger ............................ 61  
4
Table of Contents  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
2 Revision History  
NOTE: Page numbers for previous revisions may differ from page numbers in the current version.  
For a more detailed list of revision notes, see Section 7.8.  
Changes from Revision H (August 2012) to Revision I  
Page  
Changed data sheet to standard TI format........................................................................................ 1  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Revision History  
5
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
3 Terminal Configuration and Functions  
3.1 Pin Diagram  
Figure 3-1 shows the TPS80032 device bottom view ball mapping.  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
N
M
L
PBKG  
SMPS1_SW  
SMPS1_GND  
SMPS5_IN  
SMPS5_SW  
LDO2  
LDO3  
LDO4  
SMPS3_SW  
SMPS3_IN  
SMPS2_GND  
SMPS2_SW  
PBKG  
N
M
L
SMPS3  
_GND  
SMPS3  
_GND  
SMPS1_IN  
SMPS1_IN  
SMPS1_IN  
REGEN2  
SMPS1_SW  
SMPS1_SW  
SMPS1_SW  
PWRON  
SMPS1_GND  
SMPS1_GND  
SMPS1_GND  
SMPS5_IN  
SMPS5_GND SMPS5_GND  
LDO3_IN  
SMPS3_IN  
SMPS2_GND  
SMPS2_SW  
SMPS2_SW  
PWM1  
SMPS2_IN  
SMPS2_IN  
SMPS5  
_FDBK  
GND_DIG  
_VIO  
GPADC  
_START  
SMPS3  
_FDBK  
VDD  
LDO2_IN  
PREQ2  
LDO4_IN  
GND_ANA  
CLK32KAO  
SIM  
SMPS2  
_FDBK  
K
J
MSECURE  
SYSEN  
INT  
CLK32KG  
MMC  
PWM2  
K
J
NRES  
PWRON  
BAT  
REMOVAL  
CTLI2C_SCL CTLI2C_SDA  
DVSI2C_SCL  
DVSI2C_SDA  
SMPS4_IN  
SMPS4_SW  
SMPS4_IN  
SMPS1  
_FDBK  
H
G
F
RPWRON  
REGEN1  
NRESWARM  
PREQ3  
VBACKUP  
BOOT2  
PREQ1  
GND_ANA  
REFGND  
VRTC_IN  
VIO  
GPADC_IN5  
VBG  
SMPS4_SW  
H
G
F
CHRG_PROT  
_GATE  
GND_DIG  
_VRTC  
SMPS4  
_FDBK  
SMPS4  
_GND  
SMPS4  
_GND  
VDD  
PBKG  
ID  
CHRG  
_EXTCHRG  
_STATZ  
CHRG  
_EXTCHRG  
_ENZ  
VBUS  
_DET  
LDO1  
GND_ANA  
VBUS  
LDO1_IN  
GPADC_IN6  
LDO5_IN  
LDOLN_IN  
LDO6_IN  
LDO5  
LDOLN  
LDO6  
CHRG  
_BOOT  
E
D
C
B
A
TESTEN  
BOOT1  
BOOT0  
IREF  
VDD  
E
D
C
B
A
CHRG  
_CSOUT  
GPADC  
_IN1  
GGAUGE  
_RESP  
GGAUGE  
_RESN  
CHRG_VREF  
CHRG_PMID  
CHRG_PMID  
CHRG_CSIN  
CHRG_SW  
CHRG_SW  
VPROG  
VAC  
VRTC  
GND_ANA  
VDD  
GPADC_IN0  
VSYS_BB  
CHRG  
_GATE  
_CTRL  
CHRG  
_PGND  
CLK32K  
AUDIO  
VBUS  
CHRG_SW  
CHRG_SW  
REFGND  
LDO7_IN  
OSC32KCAP  
VANA_IN  
CHRG_VSYS  
GPADC_IN3  
CHRG  
_PGND  
CHRG_LED  
_TEST  
GPADC  
_VREF  
CHRG  
_VBAT  
VBUS  
OSC32KOUT  
CHRG  
_DET_N  
CHRG  
_PGND  
CHRG_LED  
_IN  
PBKG  
1
CHRG_PMID  
2
CHRG_SW  
3
LDOUSB  
7
LDO7  
8
OSC32KIN  
9
VANA  
10  
GPADC_IN4  
11  
GPADC_IN2  
12  
TESTV  
13  
4
5
6
Figure 3-1. Bottom View Ball Mapping  
6
Terminal Configuration and Functions  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
3.2 Pin Attributes  
Pin Attributes  
PULLUP /  
CONNECTION IF  
PULLDOW  
NOT USED  
N
NAME  
BALL  
TYPE  
I/O  
DESCRIPTION  
System Supply Regulator/Battery Charger  
Switched-mode regulator boot-strapped  
capacitor for the high-side MOSFET gate driver  
CHRG_BOOT  
CHRG_CSIN  
E2  
D4  
Analog  
Analog  
O
I
Floating  
Ground  
Switched-mode regulator current-sense input  
(without power path)  
Switched regulator auxiliary power supply,  
connected to the system supply/battery to  
provide power in high-impedance mode,  
switched regulator system/battery voltage/current  
sense input  
CHRG_CSOUT  
CHRG_DET_N  
D5  
Analog  
I
System supply  
USB charging port detection signal from USB  
PHY  
A4  
F4  
Analog  
Digital  
I
Ground  
Floating  
CHRG_EXTCHRG_EN  
Z
Output control signal to an external VAC charger  
(default high)  
O
PU  
70 to 190  
kΩ  
CHRG_EXTCHRG_ST  
ATZ  
F3  
Digital  
I
External VAC charger status input pin  
Floating  
CHRG_LED_IN  
A6  
B6  
Power  
Analog  
I
Input supply for LED indicator  
External LED driver output  
Ground  
Ground  
CHRG_LED_TEST  
I/O  
A5,  
B5,  
C5  
CHRG_PGND  
CHRG_PMID  
Ground  
Analog  
I
Switched regulator power ground  
Ground  
Floating  
A2,  
B2,  
C2  
Switched regulator connection point between  
reverse blocking MOSFET and high-side  
switching MOSFET  
O
A3,  
B3,  
C3,  
B4,  
C4  
CHRG_SW  
Power  
O
Switched regulator output for inductor connection  
Floating  
CHRG_VREF  
VAC  
D2  
C6  
Analog  
Power  
O
I
Switched regulator internal bias regulator voltage  
VAC charger input sense line  
Floating  
Ground  
Ground (must be  
connected to  
B1,  
C1,  
D1  
VBUS if VBUS  
detection from  
PMIC is needed;  
for example, USB  
boot up)  
VBUS input, USB system supply/battery charger  
power supply  
VBUS  
Power  
I/O  
CHRG_VSYS  
CHRG_VBAT  
VBUS_DET  
C12  
B13  
F7  
Power  
Power  
Digital  
I
System supply  
System supply  
System supply  
Floating  
I/O  
O
Battery voltage for battery charging  
VBUS detection signal (VSYS level)  
Control signal for gate of external PMOS (battery  
switch)  
CHRG_GATE_CTRL  
C13  
G1  
Analog  
Analog  
O
O
Floating  
Floating  
Control signal for gate of external PMOS to  
protect against negative input voltage (optional)  
CHRG_PROT_GATE  
Power Supplies  
C7,  
E1,  
GND_ANA  
Ground  
I
Analog power ground  
Ground  
H8, L9  
GND_DIG_VIO  
L7  
Ground  
Ground  
I
I
VIO digital ground  
Ground  
Ground  
GND_DIG_VRTC  
G3  
VRTC digital ground  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Terminal Configuration and Functions  
7
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
Pin Attributes (continued)  
PULLUP /  
PULLDOW  
N
CONNECTION IF  
NOT USED  
NAME  
BALL  
TYPE  
Substrate  
Power  
I/O  
DESCRIPTION  
A1,  
G4,  
N1,  
N13  
PBKG  
VDD  
I
I
Substrate ground  
Ground  
B7,  
E11,  
Analog input voltage supply  
System supply  
G2, L5  
VIO  
H10  
D6  
Power  
Power  
Analog  
Power  
I
I
I
I
The PMIC digital I/O input supply voltage (1.8 V)  
OTP memory programming voltage  
Backup battery connection  
N/A  
Ground  
VPROG  
VBACKUP  
VSYS_BB  
Clocking  
G6  
Ground  
C11  
Sense line for system supply  
System supply  
32-kHz digital output clock always on when VIO  
input supply is present  
CLK32KAO  
CLK32KAUDIO  
CLK32KG  
K9  
C9  
K8  
Digital  
Digital  
Digital  
Analog  
Analog  
Analog  
O
O
O
O
I
Floating  
Floating  
32-kHz digital gated output clock (for example,  
for audio device)  
32-kHz digital gated output clock controlled by  
software  
Floating  
VRTC power supply external filtering capacitor  
for the 32-kHz crystal oscillator  
OSC32KCAP  
OSC32KIN  
C10  
A9  
Floating  
32-kHz crystal oscillator input or digital clock  
input  
N/A  
32-kHz crystal oscillator output or floating in case  
of digital clock input  
OSC32KOUT  
B9  
O
N/A or floating  
References  
IREF  
E10  
Analog  
Ground  
Analog  
I/O  
I
Reference current generation  
System reference ground  
N/A  
Ground  
N/A  
C8,  
G8  
REFGND  
VBG  
F10  
O
Band-gap output reference voltage  
Testing  
PD  
170 to 950  
kΩ  
TESTEN  
E3  
Digital  
I
Test mode enable  
Ground  
Floating  
TESTV  
A13  
Analog  
O
Internal voltages sense line  
System Control  
PPU  
1.46 to 7.4  
kΩ  
CTLI2C_SCL  
CTLI2C_SDA  
J3  
J4  
Digital  
Digital  
I
Control I2C serial clock (external pullup)  
N/A  
N/A  
PPU  
1.46 to 7.4  
kΩ  
Control I2C serial bidirectional data (an external  
pullup)  
I/O  
INT  
K7  
J10  
E4  
D3  
F6  
Digital  
Digital  
Digital  
Digital  
Digital  
Digital  
O
O
I
Maskable interrupt request to the host processor  
Battery removal indicator  
N/A  
BATREMOVAL  
BOOT0  
Floating  
Boot ball 0 for power-up sequence selection  
Boot ball 1 for power-up sequence selection  
Boot ball 2 for power-up sequence selection  
System reset/power-on output  
Ground or VRTC  
Ground or VRTC  
Ground or VRTC  
Floating  
BOOT1  
I
BOOT2  
I
NRESPWRON  
J5  
O
PU  
70 to 190  
kΩ  
NRESWARM  
PREQ1  
H4  
H7  
Digital  
Digital  
I
I
Warm reset input  
Floating  
Floating  
PPU/*PPD  
170 to 950  
kΩ  
Power request input 1  
8
Terminal Configuration and Functions  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
Pin Attributes (continued)  
PULLUP /  
CONNECTION IF  
PULLDOW  
NOT USED  
N
NAME  
BALL  
K6  
TYPE  
Digital  
Digital  
I/O  
DESCRIPTION  
PPU/*PPD  
PREQ2  
PREQ3  
I
I
Power request input 2  
Power request input 3  
Floating  
Floating  
170 to 950  
kΩ  
PPU/*PPD  
170 to 950  
kΩ  
H6  
PWM1  
PWM2  
K12  
K11  
Digital  
Digital  
O
O
Pulse width modulation/general-purpose output 1  
Pulse width modulation/general-purpose output 2  
Floating  
Floating  
PU  
55 to 370  
kΩ  
External on-button switch-on event (primary input  
to launch system wakeup)  
PWRON  
J2  
Digital  
I
N/A  
REGEN1  
REGEN2  
H3  
J1  
Digital  
Digital  
O
O
External regulator enable 1  
External regulator enable 2  
Floating  
Floating  
PU  
55 to 370  
kΩ  
External remote switch-on event (secondary  
input to launch system wakeup)  
RPWRON  
SYSEN  
H2  
K5  
K4  
Digital  
Digital  
Digital  
I
O
I
Floating  
Floating  
External system enable  
PD  
Secure mode input. Allows I2C access to secure  
registers  
MSECURE  
Ground or floating 170 to 950  
kΩ  
PPU  
1.46 to 7.4  
DVSI2C_SCL  
DVSI2C_SDA  
J11  
Digital  
I
DVS I2C serial clock (external pullup)  
DVS I2C serial data (external pullup)  
N/A  
N/A  
kΩ  
PPU  
1.46 to 7.4  
kΩ  
H11  
Analog  
I/O  
Detection  
ID  
G7  
Digital  
Digital  
I/O  
I
USB connector identification signal  
Floating  
Floating  
PPU/*PPD  
70 to 190  
kΩ  
MMC card insertion and extraction detection to  
deactivate the LDO5 regulator  
MMC  
SIM  
K10  
PPU/*PPD  
70 to 190  
kΩ  
SIM card insertion and extraction detection to  
deactivate the LDO7 regulator  
J9  
Power  
I
Floating  
LDO Regulators  
VANA  
A10  
B10  
N6  
L6  
Power  
Power  
Power  
Power  
Power  
Power  
O
I
Output voltage for VANA regulator  
Input voltage supply for VANA regulator  
Output voltage for LDO2 regulator  
Input voltage supply for LDO2 regulator  
Output voltage for LDO4 regulator  
Input voltage supply for LDO4 regulator  
N/A  
VANA_IN  
LDO2  
System supply  
Floating  
O
I
LDO2_IN  
LDO4  
System supply  
Floating  
N8  
L8  
O
I
LDO4_IN  
System supply  
Output voltage for LDO3 regulator (vibrator driver  
output)  
LDO3  
N7  
Power  
O
Floating  
LDO3_IN  
LDO6  
M7  
D13  
D12  
E13  
E12  
F13  
F12  
F1  
Power  
Power  
Power  
Power  
Power  
Power  
Power  
Power  
Power  
I
O
I
Input voltage supply for LDO3 regulator  
Output voltage for LDO6 regulator  
Input voltage supply for LDO6 regulator  
Output voltage for LDOLN regulator  
Input voltage supply for LDOLN regulator  
Output voltage for LDO5 regulator  
Input voltage supply for LDO5 regulator  
Output voltage for LDO1 regulator  
Input voltage supply for LDO1 regulator  
System supply  
Floating  
LDO6_IN  
LDOLN  
LDOLN_IN  
LDO5  
System supply  
Floating  
O
I
System supply  
Floating  
O
I
LDO5_IN  
LDO1  
System supply  
Floating  
O
I
LDO1_IN  
F2  
System supply  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Terminal Configuration and Functions  
9
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
Pin Attributes (continued)  
PULLUP /  
PULLDOW  
N
CONNECTION IF  
NOT USED  
NAME  
BALL  
TYPE  
I/O  
DESCRIPTION  
VRTC  
D7  
F8  
A7  
A8  
B8  
Power  
Power  
Power  
Power  
Power  
O
I
Output voltage for VRTC regulator  
Input voltage supply for VRTC regulator  
Output voltage for LDOUSB regulator  
Output voltage for LDO7 regulator  
Input voltage supply for LDO7 regulator  
N/A  
VRTC_IN  
LDOUSB  
LDO7  
System supply  
Floating  
O
O
I
Floating  
LDO7_IN  
Monitoring  
System supply  
Sense resistor input signal negative (ground  
side)  
GGAUGE_RESN  
D10  
Analog  
I
Ground  
NOTE: Shared with battery charger.  
Sense resistor input signal positive (battery  
negative side)  
NOTE: Shared with battery charger.  
GGAUGE_RESP  
GPADC_IN0  
D9  
Analog  
Analog  
I
Ground  
Ground  
General-purpose analog-to-digital converter  
(GPADC) input 0  
D11  
I/O  
GPADC_IN1  
GPADC_VREF  
GPADC_IN2  
GPADC_IN3  
GPADC_IN4  
GPADC_IN5  
GPADC_IN6  
D8  
Analog  
Analog  
Analog  
Analog  
Analog  
Analog  
Analog  
I/O  
O
I
GPADC input 1  
Ground  
Floating  
Ground  
Ground  
Ground  
Ground  
Ground  
B11  
A12  
B12  
A11  
G10  
F11  
GPADC output reference voltage  
GPADC input 2  
I/O  
I/O  
I
GPADC input 3  
GPADC input 4  
GPADC input 5  
I
GPADC input 6  
*PPD  
170 to 950  
kΩ  
Trigger hardware request to start GPADC  
synchronous conversion  
GPADC_START  
L10  
Digital  
I
Ground  
SMPS Regulators  
SMPS4_FDBK  
G11  
Analog  
Ground  
I
I
SMPS4 feedback  
SMPS4 ground  
Ground  
Ground  
G12,  
G13  
SMPS4_GND  
SMPS4_IN  
J12,  
J13  
Power  
I
SMPS4 input voltage  
System supply  
H12,  
H13  
SMPS4_SW  
Power  
Analog  
Ground  
O
I
SMPS4 switch  
SMPS2 feedback  
SMPS2 ground  
Floating  
Ground  
Ground  
SMPS2_FDBK  
SMPS2_GND  
K13  
M11,  
N11  
I
L13,  
M13  
SMPS2_IN  
Power  
Power  
I
SMPS2 input voltage  
SMPS2 switch  
System supply  
Floating  
L12,  
M12,  
N12  
SMPS2_SW  
O
SMPS3_FDBK  
SMPS3_GND  
L11  
Analog  
Ground  
I
I
SMPS3 feedback  
SMPS3 ground  
Ground  
Ground  
M8,  
M9  
M10,  
N10  
SMPS3_IN  
Power  
I
SMPS3 input voltage  
System supply  
SMPS3_SW  
N9  
H1  
Power  
Analog  
O
I
SMPS3 switch  
Floating  
Ground  
SMPS1_FDBK  
SMPS1 feedback  
K3,  
L3,  
M3,  
N3  
SMPS1_GND  
Ground  
I
SMPS1 ground  
Ground  
10  
Terminal Configuration and Functions  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
Pin Attributes (continued)  
PULLUP /  
CONNECTION IF  
PULLDOW  
NOT USED  
N
NAME  
BALL  
TYPE  
I/O  
DESCRIPTION  
K1,  
L1,  
M1  
SMPS1_IN  
Power  
I
SMPS1 input voltage  
SMPS1 switch  
System supply  
K2,  
L2,  
M2,  
N2  
SMPS1_SW  
Power  
O
Floating  
SMPS5_FDBK  
SMPS5_GND  
L4  
Analog  
Ground  
I
I
SMPS5 feedback  
SMPS5 ground  
Ground  
Ground  
M5,  
M6  
M4,  
N4  
SMPS5_IN  
Power  
Power  
I
SMPS5 input voltage  
SMPS5 switch  
System supply  
Floating  
SMPS5_SW  
N5  
O
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Terminal Configuration and Functions  
11  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
4 Specifications  
4.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings  
Over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)  
PARAMETER  
MIN  
MAX  
UNIT  
All battery and system supply related input balls (LDOs and SMPSs) and supply  
voltage: _IN, VDD, VSYS_BB, CHRG_VSYS, CHRG_VBAT  
–0.3  
5.5  
V
All SMPS-related input balls _FDBK  
Backup battery supply voltage VBACKUP  
I/O digital supply voltage VIO  
–0.3  
–0.3  
–0.3  
–0.3  
–0.3  
–0.3  
–0.7  
–7.0  
–0.3  
–0.3  
SMPSmax + 0.3  
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
5.5  
VIOmax + 0.3  
20.0  
Battery charger supply voltage VBUS  
Battery charger supply voltage VAC  
Battery charger CHRG_PMID  
20.0  
20.0  
Battery charger CHRG_SW, CHRG_BOOT  
Voltage difference between CHRG_CSIN and CHRG_CSOUT inputs  
Battery charger CHRG_VREF  
20.0  
7.0  
6.5  
Battery charger CHRG_DET_N  
5.5  
All other charger analog-related input balls, such as CHRG_CSIN, CHRG_CSOUT,  
and CHRG_LED_IN  
–0.3  
5.5  
V
Voltage on the USB OTG ID ball  
–0.3  
–0.3  
5.5  
V
V
Voltage on the VRTC GPADC balls: GPADC_IN0, GPADC_IN1, and GPADC_IN4  
VRTCmax + 0.3  
Voltage on the VANA GPADC balls: GPADC_IN2, GPADC_IN3, GPADC_IN5, and  
GPADC_IN6  
–0.3  
–0.3  
–0.3  
VANAmax + 0.3  
VRTCmax + 0.3  
VANAmax + 0.3  
V
V
V
Voltage on the crystal oscillator OSC32KIN ball  
Voltage on all other analog input balls such as GGAUGE_RESN and  
GGAUGE_RESP  
OTP memory supply voltage VPROG  
Voltage on VRTC digital input balls  
–0.3  
–0.3  
–0.3  
–0.3  
–45  
20.0  
VRTCmax + 0.3  
VIOmax + 0.3  
VBATmax + 0.3  
150.0  
V
V
Voltage on VIO digital input balls  
V
Voltage on VBAT digital input balls  
V
Junction temperature range  
°C  
mA  
Peak output current on all terminals other than power resources  
–5.0  
5.0  
4.2 Handling Ratings  
MIN  
MAX  
UNIT  
Tstg  
Storage temperature range  
–65  
150  
°C  
Human Body Model (HBM), per  
ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS001(1)  
Charged Device Model (CDM), per JESD22-C101(2)  
All pins  
–1  
1
kV  
V
Electrostatic discharge  
(ESD) performance:  
VESD  
–250  
250  
(1) JEDEC document JEP155 states that 500-V HBM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process.  
(2) JEDEC document JEP157 states that 250-V CDM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process.  
4.3 Recommended Operating Conditions  
Over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)  
PARAMETER  
MIN  
NOM  
MAX  
UNIT  
All battery and system supply related input balls (LDOs and SMPSs)  
and supply voltage: _IN, VDD, VSYS_BB, CHRG_VSYS,  
CHRG_VBAT  
2.5  
3.8  
4.8  
V
All SMPS-related input balls _FDBK  
Backup battery supply voltage VBACKUP  
I/O digital supply voltage VIO  
VOUTmin  
1.9  
VOUTmax  
4.8  
V
V
V
V
3.2  
VIO  
5.0  
VIOmin  
0
VIOmax  
6.7  
Battery charger supply voltage VBUS  
12  
Specifications  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
Recommended Operating Conditions (continued)  
Over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)  
PARAMETER  
MIN  
0
NOM  
5.0  
MAX  
10.0  
6.0  
UNIT  
Battery charger supply voltage VAC  
Battery charger CHRG_PMID  
V
V
V
V
V
0
5.0  
Battery charger CHRG_SW and CHRG_BOOT  
Battery charger CHRG_VREF  
0
5.0  
6.0  
0
5.0  
6.5  
Battery charger CHRG_DET_N  
0
LDOUSB  
4.8  
All other charger analog-related input balls such as CHRG_CSIN,  
CHRG_CSOUT, and CHRG_LED_IN  
0
0
3.8  
4.8  
V
V
V
Voltage on the USB OTG ID ball  
LDOUSB  
VRTC  
LDOUSBmax  
VRTCmax  
Voltage on the VRTC GPADC balls GPADC_IN0, GPADC_IN1, and  
GPADC_IN4  
Voltage on the VANA GPADC balls GPADC_IN2, GPADC_IN3,  
GPADC_IN5, and GPADC_IN6  
VANA  
VRTC  
VANA  
VANAmax  
VRTCmax  
VANAmax  
V
V
V
Voltage on the crystal oscillator OSC32KIN ball  
Voltage on all other analog input balls such as GGAUGE_RESN and  
GGAUGE_RESP  
OTP memory supply voltage VPROG  
Voltage on VRTC digital input balls  
Voltage on VIO digital input balls  
Voltage on VBAT digital input balls  
Ambient temperature range  
8.0  
VRTC  
VIO  
3.8  
10.0  
VRTCmax  
VIOmax  
4.8  
V
V
V
0
V
–40  
–40  
–65  
27  
85  
°C  
°C  
°C  
°C  
Junction temperature (TJ)  
27  
125  
Storage temperature range  
27  
150  
Lead temperature (soldering, 10 seconds)  
260  
4.4 Thermal Characteristics for YFF Package  
NAME  
RΘJC  
RΘJB  
RΘJA  
PsiJT  
PsiJB  
DESCRIPTION  
(°C/W)(1)  
AIR FLOW (m/s)(2)  
Junction-to-case (top)  
Junction-to-board  
Junction-to-free air  
Junction-to-package top  
Junction-to-board  
0.1  
19.0  
37.7  
0.7  
0.00  
0.00  
0.00  
0.00  
0.00  
18.6  
(1) These values are based on a JEDEC-defined 2S2P system (with the exception of the Theta JC [RΘJC] value, which is based on a  
JEDEC-defined 1S0P system) and will change based on environment as well as application. For more information, see these  
EIA/JEDEC standards:  
JESD51-2, Integrated Circuits Thermal Test Method Environmental Conditions - Natural Convection (Still Air)  
JESD51-3, Low Effective Thermal Conductivity Test Board for Leaded Surface Mount Packages  
JESD51-7, High Effective Thermal Conductivity Test Board for Leaded Surface Mount Packages  
JESD51-9, Test Boards for Area Array Surface Mount Package Thermal Measurements  
The maximum power, 0.4 W, is at 85°C ambient temperature.  
(2) m/s = meters per second  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Specifications  
13  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
4.5 Electrical Characteristics  
Over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)  
4.5.1 Switched-Mode Regulators  
Table 4-1 through Table 4-3 lists the SMPS electrical characteristics.  
Table 4-1. SMPS1 Switched-Mode Regulator Electrical Characteristics  
PARAMETER  
Input capacitor  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
1.5  
11  
TYP  
4.7  
22  
MAX  
UNIT  
CI  
µF  
Output filter capacitor: (3-A mode)  
Output filter capacitor: (5-A mode)  
29  
58  
µF  
22  
44  
CO  
Filter capacitor ESR  
f = [1 to 10] MHz  
1
10  
20  
mΩ  
Filter inductor: (3-A mode)  
Filter inductor: (5-A mode)  
Filter inductor: (5-A mode)  
Single inductor  
Single inductor  
Single inductor  
0.4  
0.4  
0.2  
1.0  
1.0  
0.5  
1.3  
1.3  
LO  
µH  
0.65  
Two inductors in parallel, total inductance (value  
of single inductor)  
0.2  
(0.4)  
0.5  
(1.0)  
Filter inductor: (5-A mode)  
0.65 (1.3)  
100  
Filter inductor DC resistance  
Filter inductor Q factor  
50  
mΩ  
DCRL  
> 6 MHz  
20  
ILIMIT[1:0] = 00 (No current limitation)  
ILIMIT[1:0] = 01 (2.0 A)  
ILIMIT[1:0] = 10 (2.5 A)  
ILIMIT[1:0] = 11 (3.0 A)  
ILIMIT[1:0] = 00 (No current limitation)  
ILIMIT[1:0] = 01 (3.3 A)  
ILIMIT[1:0] = 10 (4.2 A)  
ILIMIT[1:0] = 11 (5.0 A)  
2800  
3500  
4100  
3500  
4350  
5150  
4200  
5150  
6200  
NMOS current limit (high side)  
(3.0-A mode)  
mA  
3900  
4750  
5600  
4800  
5900  
6900  
5800  
7000  
8200  
NMOS current limit (high side)  
(5-A mode)  
mA  
Input current limit under short-circuit  
conditions  
SW = 0 V  
10  
20  
30  
mA  
V
max  
(VOUT  
VINF  
Input voltage (functional)  
VSYS  
+
5.5  
0.4, 2.3)  
max  
(VOUT  
MinDO  
V, 2.5)  
+
VINP  
Input voltage (performance)  
VSYS  
3.8  
4.8  
V
V
IOUT = 2.0 A  
IOUT = 2.5 A  
IOUT = 3.0 A  
IOUT = 3.3 A  
IOUT = 4.2 A  
IOUT = 5.0 A  
0.55  
0.7  
0.85  
0.91  
1.15  
1.38  
Dropout voltage (performance)  
MinDOV  
(DOV = VIN – VOUT  
)
14  
Specifications  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
Table 4-1. SMPS1 Switched-Mode Regulator Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
Total DC output voltage accuracy  
(3-A mode)  
Includes voltage references, DC  
load/line regulations, process, and  
temperature  
0.6 V  
1.0 V  
1.2 V  
1.3 V  
1.8 V  
0.591  
0.995  
1.194  
1.293  
1.791  
0.608  
1.013  
1.216  
1.317  
1.824  
0.634  
1.045  
1.255  
1.359  
1.882  
V
(–1.8%/+3.2%) VOUT > 0.75 V  
(–2.8%/+4.2%) VOUT < 0.75 V  
TDCOV  
Total DC output voltage accuracy  
(5-A mode)  
0.6 V  
1.0 V  
1.2 V  
1.35 V  
1.5 V  
0.587  
0.989  
1.187  
1.334  
1.483  
0.608  
1.013  
1.216  
1.367  
1.519  
0.634  
1.045  
1.255  
1.411  
1.568  
Includes voltage references, DC  
load/line regulations, process, and  
temperature  
(–2.4%/+3.2%) VOUT > 0.75 V  
(–3.4%/+4.2%) VOUT < 0.75 V  
V
PWM mode: SMPS1 (3-A mode)  
PWM mode: SMPS1 (5-A mode)(1)  
PFM mode  
3000  
5000  
IOUT  
VOUT  
RV  
Rated output current  
mA  
200  
Low range  
0.6  
0.7  
1.3  
1.4  
V
High range  
Step size  
12.5  
mV  
1.35  
1.5  
1.8  
1.9  
2.1  
Output voltage, programmable  
Other selectable voltages  
V
Extended voltage range, multiplier for nominal  
levels (enabled by OTP bit)  
3.0476  
PWM mode (3-A mode), ILOAD = 0 to IOUTmax  
PWM mode (5-A mode), ILOAD = 0 to IOUTmax  
PFM mode, VOUT/VOUT  
10  
15  
20  
mVpp  
p-p  
Ripple voltage  
Measured with 20-MHz LPF  
30  
1.9 %  
0.25 %  
0.6 %  
3.8 %  
0.6 %  
1.2 %  
PWM mode, (3-A mode): IOUT = 0 to IOUTmax  
PWM mode, (5-A mode): IOUT = 0 to IOUTmax  
DCLDR DC load regulation, VOUT/VOUT  
PWM mode, (3-A mode): VIN = VINPmin to  
VINPmax, IOUT = IOUTmax  
0.8 %  
1.4 %  
12  
1.6 %  
2.5 %  
20  
DCLNR DC line regulation, VOUT/VOUT  
PWM mode, (5-A mode): VIN = VINPmin to  
VINPmax, IOUT = IOUTmax  
Transient load regulation  
1.0 V  
mV  
mV  
(3-A mode)  
IOUT = 10 to 500 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns  
TLDR  
Transient load regulation  
1.2 V  
67  
101  
(5-A mode)  
IOUT = 1.5 to 5.0 A, tR/tF = 1 µs  
VIN step = ±600 mV  
Rise/fall time = 10 µs, VOUT < 0.75 V  
0.7 %  
0.5 %  
1.0 %  
1.4 %  
1.0 %  
1.9 %  
Transient line regulation, (3-A  
mode), TLNR/VOUT  
VOUT 0.75 V  
TLNR  
VIN step = ±600 mV  
Rise/fall time = 10 µs, VOUT < 0.75 V  
Transient line regulation, (5-A  
mode), TLNR/VOUT  
VOUT 0.75 V  
0.8 %  
350  
1.5 %  
500  
tON  
Off to on  
On to off  
IOUT = 200 mA, VOUT within accuracy limits  
IOUT = 0, VOUT down to 10% x VOUT  
µs  
µs  
250  
500  
tOFF  
With 44 µF output capacitance: IOUT = 0, VOUT  
down to 10% x VOUT  
800  
RPD  
SR  
Pulldown resistor  
Off mode  
3.8  
11  
7.5  
30  
15  
Ω
Slew rate during rise time  
From 0.1 × VOUT to 0.9 × VOUT  
150  
mV/us  
From VOUT = 0.6 V to VOUT = 1.3 V ±5%, ILOAD  
ILOADmax, <SMPS>_CFG_STEP = 6 (minimum)  
=
SRDVS Slew rate  
12.7  
14  
mV/µs  
(1) Lifetime is 75,000 power on hours (POH) at maximum junction temperature of 125°C and VOUT 1.4 V and 50,000 POH at maximum  
junction temperature of 125°C and VOUT > 1.4 V.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Specifications  
15  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
Table 4-1. SMPS1 Switched-Mode Regulator Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
Output voltage settling time (normal From VOUT = 0.6 V to VOUT = 1.3 V ±5%, ILOAD  
=
50  
57  
65  
µs  
mode)  
ILOADmax  
Overshoot  
100  
3.5  
0.25  
1
mV  
fSW  
Switching frequency  
2.6  
3
MHz  
Off mode, T = 25°C  
Off mode  
0.1  
0.2  
25  
IQOFF  
Off ground current  
µA  
PFM mode, no switching  
µA  
IQ  
On ground current  
PWM mode  
IOUT = 0 mA, VIN = 3.8 V  
12  
mA  
Table 4-2. SMPS2 Switched-Mode Regulator Electrical Characteristics  
PARAMETER  
Input capacitor  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
0.6  
4
TYP  
4.7  
10  
MAX  
UNIT  
CI  
µF  
Output filter capacitor: (Option 1)  
Output filter capacitor: (Option 2)  
Filter capacitor ESR  
15  
29  
µF  
mΩ  
µH  
CO  
11  
1
22  
f = [1 to 10] MHz  
10  
20  
Filter inductor: (Option 1)  
Filter inductor: (Option 2)  
Filter inductor DC resistance  
Filter inductor Q factor  
0.4  
0.2  
1.0  
0.5  
50  
1.3  
0.65  
100  
LO  
mΩ  
DCRL  
> 6 MHz  
20  
ILIMIT[1:0] = 00 (No current limitation)  
ILIMIT[1:0] = 01 (1.4 A)  
ILIMIT[1:0] = 10 (1.8 A)  
ILIMIT[1:0] = 11 (2.5 A)  
2050  
2400  
3100  
2550  
3000  
3800  
3100  
3500  
4400  
PMOS current limit (high side)  
mA  
Input current limit under short-circuit  
conditions  
SW = 0 V  
10  
20  
30  
mA  
V
max  
(VOUT  
VINF  
Input voltage (functional)  
VSYS  
+
5.5  
0.4, 2.3)  
max  
(VOUT  
MinDO  
V, 2.5)  
+
VINP  
Input voltage (performance)  
VSYS  
3.8  
4.8  
V
IOUT = 0.5 A  
0.3(1)  
0.5  
0.6  
0.7  
0.9  
1.1  
1.2  
1.3  
1.5  
1.7  
IOUT = 0.8 A  
IOUT = 1.0 A  
IOUT = 1.2 A  
IOUT = 1.5 A  
Dropout voltage (performance)  
MinDOV  
V
(DOV = VIN – VOUT  
)
IOUT = 1.8 A  
IOUT = 2.0 A  
IOUT = 2.2 A  
IOUT = 2.5 A (Option 1)  
IOUT = 2.5 A (Option 2)  
(1) Minimum dropout voltage of 0.5 V is needed to ensure PFM operation with VOUT > 2.1 V.  
16 Specifications  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
Table 4-2. SMPS2 Switched-Mode Regulator Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
0.6 V  
1.1 V  
1.225 V  
1.3 V  
1.35 V  
1.8 V  
1.9 V  
2.1 V  
0.601  
1.101  
1.226  
1.301  
1.352  
1.801  
1.902  
2.101  
0.608  
1.114  
1.241  
1.317  
1.368  
1.823  
1.925  
2.127  
0.623  
1.141  
1.271  
1.349  
1.401  
1.867  
1.971  
2.178  
Total DC output voltage accuracy  
(Option 1)  
Includes voltage references, DC  
load/line regulations, process, and  
temperature  
V
(–1.2%/+2.4%) VOUT > 0.75 V  
TDCOV  
0.6 V  
1.1 V  
1.225 V  
1.3 V  
1.35 V  
1.8 V  
1.9 V  
2.1 V  
0.598  
1.095  
1.220  
1.295  
1.345  
1.792  
1.892  
2.091  
0.608  
1.114  
1.241  
1.317  
1.368  
1.823  
1.925  
2.127  
0.623  
1.141  
1.271  
1.349  
1.401  
1.867  
1.971  
2.178  
Total DC output voltage accuracy  
(Option 2)  
Includes voltage references, DC  
load/line regulations, process, and  
temperature  
V
(–1.7%/+2.4%) VOUT > 0.75 V  
PWM mode  
PFM mode  
Low range  
High range  
Step size  
2500  
IOUT  
Rated output current  
mA  
200  
0.6  
0.7  
1.3  
1.4  
V
12.5  
mV  
1.35  
1.5  
1.8  
1.9  
2.1  
VOUT  
Output voltage, programmable  
Other selectable voltages  
V
Extended voltage range, multiplier for nominal  
levels (enabled by OTP bit)  
3.0476  
PWM mode: IOUT = 0 to 2.2 A  
5
10  
mVpp  
mVpp  
p-p  
Ripple voltage  
(Option 1)  
Measured with 20-MHz LPF  
PWM mode: IOUT = 0 to IOUTmax  
5
15  
PFM mode, VOUT/VOUT  
1.0 %  
15  
2.0 %  
25  
RV  
PWM mode: ILOAD = 0 to IOUTmax  
PFM mode, VOUT > 0.75 V, VOUT/VOUT  
PFM mode, VOUT < 0.75 V, VOUT/VOUT  
PWM mode, (Option 1): IOUT = 0 to IOUTmax  
PWM mode, (Option 2): IOUT = 0 to IOUTmax  
mVpp  
Ripple voltage  
(Option 2)  
Measured with 20-MHz LPF  
1.0 %  
1.5 %  
0.25 %  
0.25 %  
2.0 %  
3.0 %  
0.5 %  
1.2 %  
p-p  
DCLDR DC load regulation, VOUT/VOUT  
DCLNR DC line regulation, VOUT/VOUT  
PWM mode, VIN = VINPmin to VINPmax, IOUT  
IOUTmax  
=
0.8 %  
1.6 %  
VOUT < 0.75 V  
IOUT = 0 to 150 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns  
IOUT = 50 to 250 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns  
IOUT = 350 to 800 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns  
3.3 %  
4.2 %  
Transient load regulation,  
VOUT/VOUT  
(Option 1)  
VOUT 0.75 V  
IOUT = 0 to 150 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns  
IOUT = 50 to 250 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns  
IOUT = 350 to 800 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns  
2.8 %  
1.5 %  
3.6 %  
3.0 %  
TLDR  
VOUT < 0.75 V  
IOUT = 0 to 150 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns  
IOUT = 50 to 250 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns  
IOUT = 350 to 800 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns  
Transient load regulation,  
VOUT/VOUT  
(Option 2)  
VOUT 0.75 V  
IOUT = 0 to 150 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns  
IOUT = 50 to 250 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns  
IOUT = 350 to 800 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns  
1.3 %  
0.7 %  
2.5 %  
1.4 %  
VIN step = ±600 mV  
Rise/fall time = 10 µs, VOUT < 0.75 V  
TLNR  
tON  
Transient line regulation, TLNR/VOUT  
Off to on  
VOUT 0.75 V  
0.5 %  
350  
1.0 %  
500  
IOUT = 200 mA, VOUT within accuracy limits  
µs  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Specifications  
17  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
Table 4-2. SMPS2 Switched-Mode Regulator Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
PARAMETER  
On to off  
TEST CONDITIONS  
IOUT = 0, VOUT down to 10% x VOUT  
Off mode  
MIN  
TYP  
250  
7.5  
MAX  
500  
15  
UNIT  
µs  
tOFF  
RPD  
SR  
Pulldown resistor  
3.8  
Ω
Slew rate during rise time  
From 0.1 × VOUT to 0.9 × VOUT  
30  
150  
mV/µs  
From VOUT = 0.6 V to VOUT = 1.3 V ±5%, ILOAD  
ILOADmax, <SMPS>_CFG_STEP = 6 (minimum)  
=
=
SRDVS Slew rate  
11  
50  
12.7  
57  
14  
65  
mV/µs  
µs  
Output voltage settling time (normal From VOUT = 0.6 V to VOUT = 1.3 V ±5%, ILOAD  
mode)  
ILOADmax  
Overshoot  
100  
6.6  
0.25  
1
mV  
fSW  
Switching frequency  
4.5  
6
MHz  
Off mode, T = 25°C  
Off mode  
0.1  
0.2  
35  
IQOFF  
Off ground current  
µA  
PFM mode, no switching  
50  
µA  
IQ  
On ground current  
PWM mode,  
IOUT = 0 mA, VIN = 3.8 V  
12  
mA  
Table 4-3. SMPS3, SMPS4, SMPS5 Switched-Mode Regulators Electrical Characteristics  
PARAMETER  
Input capacitor  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
0.6  
4
TYP  
4.7  
10  
MAX  
UNIT  
µF  
CI  
CO  
15  
20  
µF  
Filter capacitor ESR  
Filter inductor  
f = [1 to 10] MHz  
1
10  
mΩ  
µH  
LO  
0.4  
1.0  
50  
1.3  
100  
Filter inductor DC resistance  
Filter inductor Q factor  
mΩ  
DCRL  
> 6 MHz  
20  
ILIMIT[1:0] = 00 (No current limitation)  
ILIMIT[1:0] = 01  
PMOS current limit (high side)  
1300  
1640  
1620  
2050  
2000  
2520  
mA  
ILIMIT[1:0] = 1X  
Input current limit under short-circuit  
conditions  
SW = 0 V  
10  
20  
30  
mA  
V
max  
(VOUT  
VINF  
Input voltage (functional)  
VSYS  
+
5.5  
0.4, 2.3)  
max  
(VOUT  
MinDO  
V, 2.5)  
0.41(1)  
0.65  
0.9  
+
VINP  
Input voltage (performance)  
Dropout voltage (performance)  
VSYS  
3.8  
4.8  
V
V
IOUT = 0.5 A  
IOUT = 0.8 A  
IOUT = 1.0 A  
MinDOV  
(DOV = VIN – VOUT  
)
0.6 V  
1.1 V  
1.225 V  
1.3 V  
1.35 V  
1.8 V  
1.9 V  
2.1 V  
0.601  
1.101  
1.226  
1.301  
1.352  
1.801  
1.902  
2.101  
0.608  
1.114  
1.241  
1.317  
1.368  
1.823  
1.925  
2.127  
0.623  
1.141  
1.271  
1.349  
1.401  
1.867  
1.971  
2.178  
Total DC output voltage accuracy  
Includes voltage references, DC  
load/line regulations, process, and  
temperature  
TDCOV  
V
(–1.2%/+2.4%) VOUT > 0.75 V  
PWM mode  
PFM mode  
1100  
IOUT  
Rated output current  
mA  
200  
(1) Minimum dropout voltage of 0.5 V is needed to ensure PFM operation with VOUT > 2.1 V.  
18 Specifications  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
Table 4-3. SMPS3, SMPS4, SMPS5 Switched-Mode Regulators Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
0.6  
TYP  
MAX  
1.3  
UNIT  
Low range  
High range  
Step size  
V
0.7  
1.4  
12.5  
mV  
1.35  
1.5  
1.8  
1.9  
2.1  
VOUT  
Output voltage, programmable  
Other selectable voltages  
V
Extended voltage range, multiplier for nominal  
levels (enabled by OTP bit)  
3.0476  
PWM mode: ILOAD = 0 to IOUTmax  
PFM mode, VOUT/VOUT  
5
10  
mVpp  
p-p  
Ripple voltage  
Measured with 20-MHz LPF  
RV  
1.0 %  
0.25 %  
2.0 %  
0.5 %  
DCLDR DC load regulation, VOUT/VOUT  
DCLNR DC line regulation, VOUT/VOUT  
PWM mode: IOUT = 0 to IOUTmax  
PWM mode, VIN = VINPmin to VINPmax, IOUT  
IOUTmax  
=
0.8 %  
1.6 %  
VOUT < 0.75 V  
IOUT = 0 to 150 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns  
IOUT = 50 to 250 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns  
IOUT = 150 to 400 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns  
2.0 %  
3.0 %  
Transient load regulation,  
VOUT/VOUT  
TLDR  
VOUT 0.75 V  
IOUT = 0 to 150 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns  
IOUT = 50 to 250 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns  
IOUT = 150 to 400 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns  
1.0 %  
0.7 %  
1.5 %  
1.4 %  
VIN step = ±600 mV  
Rise/fall time = 10 µs, VOUT < 0.75 V  
TLNR  
Transient line regulation, TLNR/VOUT  
V
OUT 0.75 V  
0.5 %  
350  
250  
7.5  
1.0 %  
500  
500  
15  
tON  
tOFF  
RPD  
SR  
Off to on  
IOUT = 200 mA, VOUT within accuracy limits  
IOUT = 0, VOUT down to 10% x VOUT  
Off mode  
µs  
µs  
On to off  
Pulldown resistor  
Slew rate during rise time  
3.8  
Ω
From 0.1 × VOUT to 0.9 × VOUT  
30  
150  
mV/µs  
Slew rate  
SMPS5  
From VOUT = 0.6 V to VOUT = 1.3 V ±5%, ILOAD  
ILOADmax, <SMPS>_CFG_STEP = 6 (minimum)  
=
=
SRDVS  
11  
50  
12.7  
57  
14  
65  
mV/µs  
µs  
Output voltage settling time (normal From VOUT = 0.6 V to VOUT = 1.3 V ±5%, ILOAD  
mode) SMPS5  
ILOADmax  
Overshoot  
100  
6.6  
0.25  
1
mV  
fSW  
Switching frequency  
5.4  
6
MHz  
Off mode, T = 25°C  
Off mode  
0.1  
0.2  
35  
IQOFF  
Off ground current  
µA  
PFM mode, no switching  
50  
µA  
IQ  
On ground current  
PWM mode,  
IOUT = 0 mA, VIN = 3.8 V  
8
mA  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Specifications  
19  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
4.5.2 LDO Regulators  
Table 4-4 lists the LDO regulators electrical characteristics.  
Over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)  
Table 4-4. LDO Regulators Electrical Characteristics  
PARAMETER  
LDO Regulators  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
Connected from LDO_IN to GND. Shared input tank  
capacitance (depending on platform requirements  
and power tree)  
0.3  
2.2  
CIN  
Input filtering capacitor  
µF  
Connected from CHRG_PMID to GND  
Connected from LDO output to GND  
< 100 kHz  
0.9  
0.6  
20  
1
4.7  
2.2  
100  
10  
6.5  
2.7  
600  
20  
COUT  
RESR  
Output filtering capacitor  
Filtering DC capacitor ESR  
Filtering AC capacitor ESR  
µF  
mΩ  
mΩ  
[1 to 10] MHz  
VRTC, VBRTC: VSYS during ACTIVE, SLEEP and  
WAIT-ON state  
2.3  
5.5  
VRTC, VBRTC: VSYS during BACKUP state  
VRTC, VBRTC: VBACKUP during BACKUP state  
LDO1_IN, LDO2_IN, LDO3_IN, LDO4_IN,  
LDO5_IN, LDO6_IN, LDO7_IN, LDOLN_IN (VOUT  
1.5 V)  
1.9  
1.9  
3.1  
5.5  
TDCOV  
DV – 0.2  
+
5.5  
5.5  
VINF  
Input voltage (functional)  
V
LDO1_IN, LDO2_IN, LDO3_IN, LDO4_IN,  
LDO5_IN, LDO6_IN, LDO7_IN, LDOLN_IN (VOUT  
1.5 V)  
<
1.8  
VANA  
2.3  
3.5  
3.5  
2.5  
2.5  
5.5  
5.5  
6.8  
4.8  
4.8  
LDOUSB: Supplied from VSYS  
LDOUSB: Supplied from CHRG_PMID  
VRTC, VBRTC  
3.8  
3.8  
VANA  
LDO1_IN, LDO2_IN, LDO3_IN, LDO4_IN,  
LDO5_IN, LDO6_IN, LDO7_IN, LDOLN_IN (VOUT  
1.5 V)  
TDCOV  
DV  
+
3.8  
3.8  
4.8  
4.8  
VINP  
Input voltage (performance)  
V
LDO1_IN, LDO2_IN, LDO3_IN, LDO4_IN,  
LDO5_IN, LDO6_IN, LDO7_IN, LDOLN_IN (VOUT  
1.5 V)  
<
1.8  
LDOUSB: from VSYS  
3.6  
4.3  
3.8  
5.0  
4.8  
5.5  
LDOUSB: from CHRG_PMID, OVV protection  
20  
Specifications  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
Table 4-4. LDO Regulators Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
1.0 V, _IN 2.5 V  
1.001  
0.987  
1.202  
1.185  
1.301  
1.283  
1.801  
1.902  
2.002  
2.102  
2.203  
2.302  
2.402  
2.503  
2.753  
2.802  
2.903  
3.003  
3.304  
3.245  
1.018  
1.018  
1.222  
1.222  
1.323  
1.323  
1.832  
1.934  
2.036  
2.138  
2.240  
2.341  
2.443  
2.545  
2.800  
2.850  
2.952  
3.054  
3.359  
3.301  
1.030  
1.030  
1.236  
1.236  
1.339  
1.339  
1.854  
1.957  
2.060  
2.163  
2.266  
2.369  
2.472  
2.575  
2.834  
2.884  
2.987  
3.090  
3.399  
3.341  
1.0 V, _IN < 2.5 V  
1.2 V, _IN 2.5 V  
1.2 V, _IN < 2.5 V  
1.3 V, _IN 2.5 V  
1.3 V, _IN < 2.5 V  
1.8 V  
Total DC output voltage  
accuracy  
Includes voltage references, DC 1.9 V  
load/line regulations, process  
and temperature  
(–1.7%/1.2%), _IN 2.5 V  
2.0 V  
2.1 V  
2.2 V  
V
(–3.0%/1.2%), _IN < 2.5 V and 2.3 V  
TDCOV  
VOUT < 1.5 V  
(except VRTC, VBRTC and  
VANA)  
2.4 V  
2.5 V  
2.75 V  
2.8 V  
2.9 V  
3.0 V  
3.3 V  
3.3 V (LDOUSB)  
VBRTC  
VRTC  
VANA  
1.550  
1.801  
2.102  
1.805  
1.832  
2.138  
1.854  
1.890  
2.163  
V
LDO6, LDOLN: IOUT = IOUTmax  
LDO5, LDO7: IOUT = 50 mA  
LDOUSB  
150  
140  
200  
Dropout voltage  
_IN 2.3 V  
LDO1, LDO2, LDO3, LDO4, LDO5, LDO7, VRTC:  
VINPmin = TDCOV + DV  
DV  
mV  
300  
250  
400  
LDO6, LDOLN: IOUT = IOUTmax  
Dropout voltage  
_IN 1.8 V  
LDO1, LDO2, LDO3, LDO4, LDO5, LDO7: VINPmin  
TDCOV + DV  
=
VBRTC  
1.5  
25  
VANA, VRTC  
LDOLN  
50  
LDO1: VOUT 2.75 V  
LDO1: VOUT 2.8 V  
LDOUSB  
50  
IOUT  
Rated output current  
mA  
80  
100  
200  
250  
3.3  
LDO2, LDO3, LDO4, LDO5, LDO6, LDO7  
LDO6 (DV = 300 mV, VOUT 1.8 V)  
Range  
1.0  
V
mV  
V
Output voltage, programmable  
(except VRTC, VBRTC and  
VANA)  
VOUT  
Step size  
100  
2.75  
250  
250  
650  
Additional selectable voltage level  
VANA, VRTC, LDO1, LDOLN  
LDOUSB  
100  
150  
400  
400  
600  
900  
ILIMIT  
Load current limitation  
mA  
mV  
LDO2, LDO3, LDO4, LDO5, LDO6, LDO7  
DC load regulation, VOUT  
VOUT  
/
DCLDR  
IOUT = 0 to IOUTmax  
4
10  
DC line regulation, VOUT  
VOUT  
/
VIN = VINPmin to VINPmax  
IOUT = IOUTmax  
DCLNR  
tON  
0.1 %  
100  
0.2 %  
500  
Turn-on time  
IOUT = 0 , VOUT = 0.1 V up to VOUTmin  
µs  
µs  
Turn-off time (except VRTC and  
VBRTC)  
tOFF  
IOUT = 0, VOUT down to 10% x VOUT  
250  
500  
Pulldown resistor (except VRTC  
and VBRTC)  
RPD  
Off mode  
40  
60  
80  
Ω
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Specifications  
21  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
UNIT  
Table 4-4. LDO Regulators Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
f = 217 Hz, IOUT = IOUTmax  
MIN  
45  
35  
20  
45  
35  
20  
TYP  
90  
MAX  
Power supply ripple rejection  
(Except LDO1)  
f = 50 kHz, IOUT = IOUTmax  
f = 1 MHz, IOUT = IOUTmax  
f = 217 Hz, IOUT = IOUTmax  
f = 50 kHz, IOUT = IOUTmax  
f = 1 MHz, IOUT = IOUTmax  
Off mode, T = 25°C  
45  
35  
PSRR  
dB  
90  
Power supply ripple rejection  
(LDO1: DV > 550 mV)  
45  
35  
0.05  
0.2  
0.15  
1
IQOFF  
Off ground current  
µA  
µA  
Off mode  
IOUT = 0, (except LDOLN, LDOUSB, VANA, VRTC,  
VBRTC)  
12  
75  
18  
29  
IOUT = 0, LDOLN  
150  
175  
60  
IQ0  
On ground current  
IOUT = 0, LDOUSB, from VSYS, ACTIVE state  
IOUT = 0, LDOUSB, from VSYS, SLEEP state  
IOUT = 0, LDOUSB, from CHRG_PMID  
IOUT < 100 µA  
40  
20  
4 %  
2 %  
1 %  
On ground current coefficient  
αQ  
On mode, IQOUT = IQ0 + αQ  
×
100 µA < IOUT < 1 mA  
IOUT  
IOUT > 1 mA  
On mode, IOUT = 10 mA to IOUTmax / 2,  
tR = tF = 1 µs  
–25  
–50  
28  
33  
Transient load regulation,  
VOUT / VOUT  
TLDR  
mV  
On mode, IOUT = 100 µA to IOUTmax / 2,  
tR = tF = 1 µs  
Transient line regulation, VOUT  
/ VOUT (except LDO6)  
VIN step = 600 mVPP, tR = tF = 10 µs  
VIN step = 600 mVPP, tR = tF = 10 µs  
0.25 %  
0.25 %  
0.6 %  
1.0 %  
TLNR  
Transient line regulation, VOUT  
/ VOUT (LDO6)  
100 Hz < f < 10 kHz  
10 kHz < f < 100 kHz  
100 kHz < f < 1 MHz  
f > 1 MHz  
5000  
1250  
150  
250  
200  
62  
8000  
2500  
300  
500  
400  
125  
50  
nV/H  
z
Noise (except LDOLN)  
Noise (LDOLN)  
Vnoise  
100 Hz < f < 5 kHz  
5 kHz < f < 400 kHz  
400 kHz < f < 10 MHz  
nV/H  
z
25  
LDO3 When Used As Vibrator Driver  
Output regulated output range  
Configurable step of 100 mV  
1.0  
0.6  
70  
3.3  
2.7  
700  
50  
V
µF  
µH  
Ω
COUT  
Output filtering capacitor  
Vibrator load inductance  
Vibrator load resistance  
Connected between LDO3 output and GND  
2.2  
350  
40  
LVibrator  
RVibrator  
15  
22  
Specifications  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
4.5.3 Reference Generator  
Table 4-5 lists the reference generator electrical characteristics.  
Table 4-5. Reference Generator Electrical Characteristics  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
Connected between VBG and  
REFGND  
COUT  
Filtering capacitor  
30  
100  
510  
150  
nF  
Connected between IREF and  
REFGND  
Biasing resistor (±1%) at 25°C  
505  
515  
50  
kΩ  
RBias  
Biasing resistor (±1%) temperature  
coefficient  
ppm/°C  
VINP  
IQ  
Input voltage VINP  
Ground current  
Start-up time  
Performance  
1.9  
15  
3.8  
20  
1
5.5  
40  
3
V
µA  
ms  
tstartup  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Specifications  
23  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
4.5.4 Crystal Oscillator  
Table 4-6 lists the crystal oscillator electrical characteristics.  
Table 4-6. Crystal Oscillator Electrical Characteristics  
PARAMETER  
Crystal Characteristics  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
Crystal frequency  
Crystal tolerance  
at specified load capacitor value  
T = 25°C  
32768  
0
Hz  
fosc  
B
–20  
20  
ppm  
ppm/°C  
Secondary temperature coefficient  
–0.04  
–0.035  
–0.03  
2
RESR  
DL  
Crystal series resistor  
Operating drive level  
at fundamental frequency  
90  
kΩ  
0.1  
0.5  
µW  
Crystal load capacitor (according to  
crystal data sheet)  
CL  
12.5  
1.4  
pF  
pF  
Cshunt  
Q
Shunt capacitor  
Quality factor  
2.6  
8000  
0.6  
80000  
Crystal Oscillator External Components  
VRTC power supply external  
filtering capacitor  
OSC32KCAP  
2.2  
2.7  
µF  
pF  
Normal and high-performance (HP)  
mode:  
External capacitor  
Load capacitors on OSC32KIN and  
OSC32KOUT  
External capacitor includes the  
parasitics of PCB  
9
8
15  
10  
17  
12  
Internal capacitance  
CLoad  
Backup mode:  
External capacitor  
Internal capacitance  
9
0
15  
0
17  
0
Frequency accuracy (taking into  
account crystal tolerance and  
internal load capacitors variation)  
at 25°C, normal and HP modes  
at 25°C, backup mode  
–30  
–80  
0
0
30  
80  
ppm  
Hz  
Oscillator capacitor ratio: COSC32KIN  
COSC32KOUT  
/
1
Square Wave Input Clock for Bypass  
Frequency  
32768  
50 %  
10  
Input bypass clock  
OSC32KIN input  
OSC32KOUT floating  
Duty cycle  
40  
60 %  
20  
Rise and fall time (10% to 90%)  
Setup time  
ns  
1
ms  
Crystal Oscillator Characteristics  
Oscillator contribution in normal and  
HP modes (not including the crystal  
variations)  
Frequency temperature coefficient  
±0.5  
ppm/°C  
SSB phase noise at a 1-kHz offset  
from the carrier  
HP mode OSC_HPMODE = 1  
HP mode OSC_HPMODE = 1  
Normal mode OSC_HPMODE = 0  
–125  
–105  
25  
dBc/Hz  
dBc/Hz  
ns  
SSB phase noise at a 100-Hz offset  
from the carrier  
Cycle jitter short term (peak-to-  
peak)  
20 Hz to 20 kHz flat  
0.86  
0.43  
300  
400  
Integrated jitter (HP mode)  
Startup time for power on  
nsRMS  
ms  
80 Hz to 20 kHz flat  
Shunt capacitor 1.4 pF  
Shunt capacitor 1.4 to 2.6 pF  
Tstartup  
Oscillator ratio between negative  
resistance at 32 kHz and negative  
resistance at 200 kHz (sixth  
harmonic)  
Sixth harmonic mode rejection  
RS32/RS200  
10  
24  
Specifications  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
Table 4-6. Crystal Oscillator Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
Crystal mounted:  
- Backup mode (at 25°C)  
- Normal mode: OSC_HPMODE = 0  
- HP mode: OSC_HPMODE = 1  
- Start-up (boost) phase  
z
1.5  
3
5
20  
IQ  
Ground current  
µA  
Duty cycle CLK32KAO/CLK32KG  
Logic output signal  
40  
5
50 %  
20  
60 %  
100  
TRise,TFall Rise and fall time (10% to 20%)  
CLK32KAO/CLK32KG  
ns  
4.5.5 RC Oscillators  
Table 4-7 lists the RC oscillators electrical characteristics.  
Table 4-7. RC Oscillators Electrical Characteristics  
PARAMETER  
32-kHz RC Oscillator  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
Output frequency  
32768  
Hz  
fOUT  
Output frequency accuracy  
Cycle jitter (RMS)  
After trimming  
–10 %  
40 %  
10 %  
10 %  
60 %  
150  
8
D
Output duty cycle  
50 %  
4
Settling time  
µs  
µA  
nA  
IQ  
Active current consumption  
Power-down current  
IQOFF  
30  
6-MHz RC Oscillator  
Output frequency  
6
MHz  
fOUT  
Output frequency accuracy  
Cycle jitter (RMS)  
After trimming  
–10 %  
40 %  
0 %  
10 %  
5 %  
60 %  
5
D
Output duty cycle  
50 %  
35  
Settling time  
µs  
µA  
nA  
IQ  
Active current consumption  
Power-down current  
70  
IQOFF  
50  
4.5.6 CLK32KAUDIO Buffer  
Table 4-8 lists the CLK32AUDIO buffer electrical characteristics.  
Table 4-8. CLK32KAUDIO Buffer Electrical Characteristics  
PARAMETER  
Settling time  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
25  
7
MAX  
50  
UNIT  
µs  
IQ  
Active current consumption  
Power down current  
5
10  
µA  
nA  
V
IQOFF  
VHOUT  
30  
High output level  
VRTC supply  
1.832  
Duty cycle degradation contribution  
–2 %  
2 %  
20 Hz to 20 kHz flat  
80 Hz to 20 kHz flat  
25  
10  
50  
20  
Integrated jitter contribution  
External output load  
psRMS  
pF  
CLoad  
5
5
10  
50  
TRise  
,
Output rise/fall time  
Output load = 10 pF  
7.5  
10  
ns  
TFall  
VOL = 0.2 V  
–1  
1
–2  
2
IOUT  
Output drive strength  
mA  
VOH = VHOUT – 0.2 V  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Specifications  
25  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
4.5.7 Backup Battery Charger  
Table 4-9 lists the backup battery charger electrical characteristics.  
Table 4-9. Backup Battery Charger Electrical Characteristics  
PARAMETER  
Backup Battery Charger  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
VBACKUP to GPADC input  
attenuation  
VBACKUP from 2.4 to 4.5 V  
0.2  
350  
0.25  
650  
0.35  
900  
V/V  
µA  
VBACKUP = 0 to 2.6 V  
BB_CHG_EN = 1  
ICharge  
Backup battery charging current  
IVBACKUP = –10 µA, BB_SEL = 00  
(VSYS > 3.2 V)  
2.90  
3.00  
3.10  
2.60  
3.25  
IVBACKUP = –10 µA, BB_SEL = 01  
(VSYS > 2.7 V)  
2.42  
2.52  
End backup battery charging  
voltage: VBBCHGEND  
IVBACKUP = –10 µA, BB_SEL = 10  
(VSYS > 3.35 V)  
VCharge  
3.05  
3.15  
V
IVBACKUP = –10 µA, BB_SEL = 11  
(VSYS > 2.5 V)  
VSYS – 0.3  
VSYS – 0.2  
VSYS  
VSYS  
IVBACKUP = –10 µA, BB_SEL = XX  
(VSYS < 2.5 V)  
IQ  
Current consumption  
BB_CHG_EN = 1, IVBACKUP = 0 µA  
10  
20  
µA  
Without additional capacitor in  
parallel  
RSeries  
Backup battery serial resistance  
Ω
With additional capacitor in parallel  
1500  
Capacitance of the additional  
capacitor (C44)  
COUT  
2.0  
4.7  
µF  
4.5.8 Switched-Mode System Supply Regulator  
Table 4-10 lists the system supply regulator electrical characteristics.  
Table 4-10. System Supply Regulator Electrical Characteristics  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
Switched-Mode System Supply Regulator  
0 V < VBUS < 5.25 V  
1.2  
0.9  
1
4.7  
4.7  
10  
6.5  
6.5  
20  
µF  
µF  
VBUS capacitor (connected  
CVBUS  
0 V < VBUS < 6 V  
ESR (1 to 10 MHz)  
0 V < VBUS < 5.25 V  
0 V < VBUS < 6 V  
ESR (1 to 10 MHz)  
0 V < CSOUT < 4.5 V  
ESR (1 to 10 MHz)  
0 V < CSIN < 4.5 V  
ESR (100 kHz)  
between VBUS and PGND)  
mΩ  
1.2  
0.9  
1
4.7  
4.7  
10  
6.5  
6.5  
20  
µF  
PMID capacitor (connected  
CPMID  
between PMID and PGND)  
mΩ  
µF  
3
10  
15  
Output capacitor (connected  
CCSOUT  
between CSOUT and PGND)  
20  
mΩ  
nF  
20  
50  
100  
100  
2.2  
150  
400  
200  
200  
2.86  
Output capacitor (connected  
CCSIN  
between CSIN and PGND)  
mΩ  
nF  
Bootstrap capacitor (connected  
CBOOT  
between BOOT and SW)  
ESR (9 MHz)  
mΩ  
µF  
Reference voltage capacitor  
0 V < VREF < 6.5 V  
0.7  
CVREF  
(connected between VREF and  
PGND)  
ESR (1 to 10 MHz)  
20  
mΩ  
Inductance  
DCR  
0.7  
1
1.45  
130  
µH  
Coil (option 1), (connected  
between SW and CSIN)  
L
mΩ  
Sense resistor (connected  
between CSIN and CSOUT)  
R9  
Short circuited with power path  
–1%  
68 mΩ  
+1%  
26  
Specifications  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
Table 4-10. System Supply Regulator Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
PARAMETER  
Maximum output average current CHRG_SW  
VBUS > VBUSmin, PWM switching  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
1.5  
10  
MAX  
UNIT  
1.545  
A
mA  
VBUS > VBUSmin, PWM not  
switching  
5
30  
5
IVBUS  
VBUS supply current control  
0°C < TJ < 85°C, HZ_MODE= 1,  
32S mode  
µA  
µA  
V
Leakage current from battery to  
VBUS ball  
0°C < TJ < 85°C, CSOUT = 4.2 V,  
Hi-Z mode  
IVBUS_LEAK  
Output voltage for  
preconditioning/precharge  
3.8  
VBAT + ΔLIN  
3.54  
Output voltage for full charge  
mode  
V
VSYS  
Nominal output voltage,  
programmable  
20-mV steps  
3.50  
4.76  
V
Voltage regulation accuracy  
(except full charge mode), IOUT  
200 mA  
T = 25°C  
–0.5 %  
–1.0 %  
0.5 %  
1.0 %  
<
0°C < T < 125°C  
Nominal output current Without  
power Path, programmable  
With R9 = 68 mΩ  
300  
1500  
mA  
VICHRG  
I
OCHARGE 500 mA  
OCHARGE 600 mA  
–5 %  
–3 %  
2.9  
5 %  
3 %  
3.6  
Current accuracy  
I
VAC_DET rising edge threshold  
VAC_DET falling edge threshold  
Hysteresis  
3.4  
3.0  
135  
3.4  
3.0  
135  
V
mV  
V
VAC_DET  
VAC detection  
2.7  
3.4  
100  
2.9  
350  
3.6  
VBUS_DET rising edge threshold  
VBUS_DET falling edge threshold  
Hysteresis  
VBUS detection  
2.8  
3.35  
170  
VBUS_DET  
50  
mV  
ms  
VAC/VBUS detection deglitch  
time  
25  
30  
3.8  
5
36  
Input power source detection for  
battery charging, threshold for falling  
edge  
VBUS input voltage lower limit  
3.6  
4.0  
V
VVBUS_MIN  
Deglitch time for VBUS rising  
above VVBUS_MIN  
Rising voltage, 2-mV overdrive, tR  
100 ns  
=
4
6
ms  
Hysteresis for VVBUS_MIN  
Input voltage rising  
100  
200  
mV  
Input current is automatically  
reduced, programmable, 80-mV  
steps  
VBUS collapse threshold  
4.2  
4.76  
V
VBUS DPM loop kick-in threshold  
accuracy  
–2 %  
2 %  
tint  
Detection interval  
Input power source detection  
Programmable  
1.7  
100  
2
2.6  
s
2250  
–1 %  
mA  
VBUS input current-limiting  
threshold  
IIN_LIMIT  
Accuracy  
–15 %  
–9 %  
System Supply Regulator, Sleep Comparator (To Detect USB Unplug)  
VBUS above CSOUT, 2.3 V ≤  
CSOUT VOREG, VBUS falling  
VSLP  
SLEEP state entry threshold  
SLEEP state exit hysteresis  
0
40  
200  
32  
100  
260  
34  
mV  
mV  
ms  
VSLP_ EXIT  
2.3 V CSOUT VOREG  
140  
31  
Deglitch time for VBUS rising  
above VSLP + VSLP_EXIT  
Rising voltage, 2-mV overdrive, tR  
100 ns  
=
System Supply Regulator, Battery Detection (Enabled by OTP Bit)  
IDETECT battery detection  
current before charge done (sink  
current)  
Begins after termination detected,  
CSOUT VOREG  
–0.45  
262  
mA  
ms  
TDETECT battery detection time  
215  
335  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Specifications  
27  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
UNIT  
Table 4-10. System Supply Regulator Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
System Supply Regulator, PWM  
Internal top reverse blocking  
MOSFET on-resistance  
100  
120  
200  
200  
mΩ  
mΩ  
Internal top N-channel switching  
MOSFET on-resistance  
Measured from PMID to SW  
Measured from SW to PGND  
Internal bottom N-channel  
MOSFET on-resistance  
120  
3
240  
3.3  
mΩ  
fOSC  
Oscillator frequency  
Minimum duty cycle  
Maximum duty cycle  
2.7  
MHz  
DMIN  
DMAX  
0 %  
93 %  
5.10  
Boost Mode for VBUS Voltage Generation  
Boost output voltage (to pin  
VBUS_B  
VBUS)  
2.7 V < CHRG_CSOUT < 4.5 V  
4.75  
5.25  
300  
100  
V
Rated output current of the boost,  
combination of VBUS output  
current and LDOUSB input  
current from CHRG_PMID node  
VBUS_B = 5.10 V,  
2.7 V < CHRG_CSOUT < 4.5 V  
IBO1  
mA  
Rated LDOUSB input current  
from CHRG_PMID node  
VBUS_B = 5.10 V,  
2.7 V < CHRG_CSOUT < 4.5 V  
mA  
A
Cycle-by-cycle current limit for  
boost  
VBUS_B = 5.10 V,  
2.7 V < CHRG_CSOUT < 4.5 V  
IBLIMIT  
1.0  
Overvoltage protection threshold Threshold over VBUS to turn off  
5.8  
6.0  
125  
85 %  
5
6.2  
V
for boost (VBUS pin)  
converter during boost  
VBUSOVP  
Hysteresis  
VBUS falling from above VBUSOVP  
mV  
CSOUT = 3.6 V, IBO = 200 mA, TA  
25°C, synchronous operation  
=
Efficiency  
IDDQ  
Quiescent current  
mA  
V
Maximum system voltage for  
boost (CSOUT pin)  
VCSOUT rising edge during boost  
4.75  
4.9  
5.05  
2.5  
VSYSMAX  
VCSOUT falling from above  
VSYSMAX  
Hysteresis  
200  
60  
mV  
V
Minimum system voltage for  
boost (CSOUT pin)  
VSYSMIN  
Boost output resistance at HP  
mode (from VBUS to PGND)  
HZ_MODE = 1  
kΩ  
System Supply, Protection, Current Consumptions  
Threshold over VBUS to turn off  
converter during charge  
VBUS OVP threshold voltage  
6.3  
6.5  
140  
6.7  
V
VOVP_ VBUS  
Hysteresis  
VBUS falling from above VOVP_VBUS  
mV  
System voltage OVP threshold  
voltage, VCSOUT threshold over PWM mode  
VOREG to turn off the regulator  
Power Path mode and DCDC in  
130 %  
110 %  
133 %  
136 %  
121 %  
VOVP_ VSYS  
Other cases  
117 %  
11 %  
during operation  
Lower limit for VCSOUT falling from  
above VOVP_VSYS  
Hysteresis  
Threshold over VBAT to turn off  
battery charging  
VBAT OVP threshold voltage  
110 %  
117 %  
121 %  
VOVP_ VBAT  
Hysteresis  
11 %  
3
Debounce time for falling edge  
ms  
A
BUCK_HSLIMI = 0: 2.55 A  
BUCK_HSLIMI = 1: 1.90 A default  
CSOUT rising (default)  
2.10  
1.50  
2.00  
2.55  
1.90  
2.10  
3.30  
2.60  
2.20  
Cycle-by-cycle current limit for  
charge  
ILIMIT  
Short-circuit voltage threshold  
Hysteresis  
V
VSYS_ SHORT  
CSOUT falling from above  
VSYS_SHORT  
100  
mV  
28  
Specifications  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
Table 4-10. System Supply Regulator Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
CSOUT VSYS_SHORT  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
40  
UNIT  
mA  
ISYS_ SHORT  
IVBUS  
Short-circuit detection current  
VBUS input current  
20  
30  
VBUS = 9.7 V, OVP active  
4
mA  
Temperature threshold,  
TCHRGSHTDWN  
148  
10  
Regulator thermal shutdown  
°C  
°C  
Hysteresis, TCHRGHYS  
Threshold to start limiting the  
current, TCF  
,
130  
IVBUS = 1.5 A  
Analog thermal regulation loop  
TCHRGSHTDWN  
– 5  
Threshold for 0 A current level  
System supply regulator enabled,  
charger enabled  
1.3  
0.9  
mA  
µA  
Current consumption of the linear  
charger and supplement mode  
control  
System supply regulator enabled,  
charger disabled  
System supply regulator disabled,  
system switch forced to connect  
1
4.5.9 Battery Charger  
Table 4-11 lists the battery charger electrical characteristics.  
Table 4-11. Battery Charger Electrical Characteristics  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
Battery Charger  
15-mΩ resistor allows maximum of  
2.0-A charging current  
20-mΩ resistor allows maximum of  
1.5-A charging current  
Sense resistor of linear charging  
loop(1)  
R2  
15  
20  
mΩ  
VSYS = 3.6 V, VBAT VBAT_SHORT  
VSYS = 3.8 V, VBAT VBAT_SHORT  
13  
20  
20  
30  
27  
40  
IBAT_SHO Preconditioning current (for short-  
mA  
V
RT  
circuit detection)  
Preconditioning positive threshold  
voltage  
Programmable: 2.1, 2.45, and 2.8-V  
voltage levels  
2.1  
50  
2.8  
VBAT_SH  
ORT  
Hysteresis  
100  
1
150  
mV  
ms  
Debounce time  
VBAT_SHORT < VBAT <  
VBAT_FULLCHRG  
100-mA steps  
Linear precharge current,  
programmable  
100  
400  
mA  
VICHRG_  
PC  
Accuracy, without autocalibration  
Accuracy, with autocalibration  
–75 %  
–10 %  
–5 %  
2.61  
0 %  
+10 %  
+5 %  
2.73  
ICHARGE < 300 mA  
300 mA ICHARGE 400 mA  
VBAT_FULLCHRG = 000  
VBAT_FULLCHRG = 001  
VBAT_FULLCHRG = 010  
VBAT_FULLCHRG = 011  
VBAT_FULLCHRG = 100  
VBAT_FULLCHRG = 101  
VBAT_FULLCHRG = 110  
VBAT_FULLCHRG = 111  
2.65  
2.75  
2.85  
2.95  
3.05  
3.15  
3.25  
3.35  
100  
2.705  
2.805  
2.905  
3.00  
2.835  
2.94  
3.04  
Threshold level, low to high  
transition  
V
VBAT_FU  
LLCHRG  
3.145  
3.245  
3.35  
3.10  
3.20  
3.295  
50  
3.455  
150  
Hysteresis  
mV  
(1) Battery current level depends on the resistor R2 value as the loop is sensing the voltage across the resistor.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Specifications  
29  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
Table 4-11. Battery Charger Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
VBAT > VBAT_FULLCHRG, 100-mA  
steps, R2 = 20 mΩ  
100  
1500  
Linear full charge current,  
programmable(1)  
mA  
BAT > VBAT_FULLCHRG, 133-mA  
steps, R2 = 15 mΩ  
133  
2000  
VICHRG  
VOREG  
I
I
I
I
CHARGE 400 mA  
CHARGE 500 mA  
CHARGE 400 mA  
CHARGE 500 mA  
–75 %  
–50 %  
–5 %  
–37 %  
0 %  
0 %  
Accuracy, without autocalibration  
5 %  
Accuracy, with autocalibration  
Linear full charge output voltage  
Accuracy, with autocalibration  
–3 %  
3 %  
Programmable, 20-mV steps  
T = 25°C  
3.5  
4.76  
0.5 %  
1.0 %  
V
–0.5 %  
–1.0 %  
0°C < T < 125°C  
Programmable, 50-mA steps  
R2 = 20 mΩ  
50  
67  
400  
533  
Charger termination current(1)  
Accuracy  
mA  
VITERM  
Programmable, 67-mA steps  
R2 = 15 mΩ  
–33 %  
100  
33 %  
200  
20  
%
Programmable, 50-mV steps  
Accuracy  
Charger dropout voltage, voltage  
between VSYS and VBAT  
ΔLIN  
mV  
–20  
DPPM regulation, voltage between  
VSYS and VBAT  
0.5 ×  
ΔLIN  
VBAT > VBATMIN_HI  
V
DPPM regulation, VSYS voltage  
VBAT < VBATMIN_HI  
Positive threshold  
Hysteresis  
3.4  
5.9  
V
V
5.7  
50  
70  
6.1  
200  
170  
VSYS_OV  
V
System overvoltage detection  
100  
120  
mV  
mV  
Below VOREG  
Recharge threshold voltage (in  
Power Path mode enabled always,  
in non-Power Path mode enabled  
when CHARGE_ONCE bit is 0)  
Deglitch time, VBAT decreasing  
below threshold, tF = 100 ns, 10-mV  
overdrive  
128  
ms  
µs  
Supplement Mode  
Fall time, Cgate = 8 nF, VSYS to  
VSYS – 2 V, VSYS = 3.2 V  
1.0  
PGATE driver time  
Rise time, Cgate = 8 nF, 0 V to  
VSYS – 0.1 V, VSYS = 3.2 V  
2.5  
30  
VSYS below VBAT, programmable  
Accuracy  
20  
50  
10  
Supplement mode threshold level  
(when entering supplement mode)  
mV  
mA  
–10  
Supplement mode threshold level  
(when exiting supplement mode)  
IBAT  
50  
100  
100  
150  
Check the need for supplement  
mode  
ms  
µs  
Charging restart delay  
500  
Battery Temperature Measurement  
Reference voltage  
GPADC_VREF  
1.25  
V
OTP bits, RATIO_LO[2:0],  
RATIO_HI[2:0]  
0.2 ×  
GPADC_VREF  
0.9 ×  
GPADC_VREF  
Low and high threshold voltages  
Threshold error  
1 %  
10  
%
Comparator offset  
mV  
Battery Presence Detector  
RBRI  
External pulldown resistor  
130  
kΩ  
See Table 4-15, GPADC_IN0  
current source.  
IBRI  
VBRIRef  
Detection threshold  
Threshold  
1.5  
1.6  
10  
V
Current consumption of the  
comparator  
µA  
30  
Specifications  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
Table 4-11. Battery Charger Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
Delay of the comparator  
With > 10-mV overdrive  
10  
µs  
4.5.10 Indicator LED Driver  
Table 4-12 lists the indicator LED driver electrical characteristics.  
Table 4-12. Indicator LED Driver Electrical Characteristics  
PARAMETER  
Indicator LED Driver  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
VSYS  
4.8  
V
CURR_LED[1:0] = 00  
0
1
CURR_LED[1:0] = 01  
CURR_LED[1:0] = 10  
CURR_LED[1:0] = 11  
0.85  
2.125  
4.25  
1.15  
2.875  
5.75  
LED current  
mA  
2.5  
5
Transition on PWM signal, 10 to  
90%  
Rise and fall time for the current  
Startup time  
5
µs  
µs  
CURR_LED[1:0] from 00 to any  
other value  
20  
Disabled  
VRTC  
2
VAC (at 20 V)  
70  
µA  
µA  
CHRG_PMID (at 5.25 V)  
CHRG_PMID (at 20 V)  
CURR_LED[1:0] = 01 (1 mA)  
CURR_LED[1:0] = 10 (2.5 mA)  
CURR_LED[1:0] = 11 (5 mA)  
20  
Quiescent current  
70  
200  
400  
750  
CURR_LED[1:0] = 00, can be  
disabled by DIS_PULLDOWN bit  
Pulldown resistance  
50  
100  
200  
3.2  
5.5  
kΩ  
V
Voltage at the output for  
performance  
CHRG_LED_TEST pin is driven  
externally  
Voltage at the output for tolerance  
V
Dropout voltage  
1 mA  
0.2  
0.4  
0.6  
4.1  
4.0  
2.3  
Minimum voltage between  
CHRG_LED_IN and  
CHRG_LED_TEST  
2.5 mA  
V
5 mA  
VAC voltage  
During operation  
During operation  
V
V
V
VBUS voltage  
CHRG_LED_IN voltage  
5.5  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Specifications  
31  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
4.5.11 USB OTG  
Table 4-13 lists the USB OTG electrical characteristics.  
Table 4-13. USB OTG Electrical Characteristics  
PARAMETER  
Pullup and Pulldown Resistors  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
RID_PU_100K  
RID_PU_220K  
RID_GND_DRV  
ID 100k pullup to LDOUSB  
ID 220k pullup to LDOUSB  
ID 10k pulldown to ground  
70  
160  
1
100  
220  
10  
130  
280  
20  
kΩ  
kΩ  
kΩ  
ID internal leakage without GPADC  
(7 V)  
350  
nA  
RID_ LKG  
ID internal leakage without GPADC  
(2 V)  
650  
1
nA  
µA  
kΩ  
kΩ  
kΩ  
ID external leakage  
–1.5  
10  
0
A-device VBUS Input Impedance To  
GND  
RA_BUS_IN  
40  
10  
2.5  
100  
15  
5
RVBUS_DISCHRG  
RVBUS_CHRG_VBAT  
RVBUS_CHRG_PMID  
VVBUS_LKG  
B-device VBUS SRP pulldown  
5
B-device VBUS SRP pullup on  
VBAT  
1.5  
B-device VBUS SRP pullup on  
CHRG_PMID  
1.5  
2.5  
5
kΩ  
V
OTG device leakage voltage  
0.7  
2.5  
B-device unconfigured average  
VBUS input current  
IB_UNCFG  
mA  
External ID resistances  
RID_FLOAT  
ID pulldown when ID pin is floating  
220  
122  
ACA ID pulldown, OTG device as A-  
device  
RID_A  
RID_B  
RID_C  
124  
68  
126  
69  
ACA ID pulldown, OTG device as B-  
device, can't connect  
67  
36  
kΩ  
ACA ID pulldown, OTG device as B-  
device, can connect  
36.5  
37  
1
RID_GND  
ID pulldown when ID pin is grounded  
Comparators  
VID_WK  
ID wake-up comparator threshold  
No hysteresis  
0.300  
10  
0.650  
100  
1.150  
220  
V
ID wake-up equivalent threshold  
resistance  
RID_WK_UP  
kΩ  
VID_CMP1  
ID comparator 1 threshold  
ID comparator 2 threshold  
ID comparator 3 threshold  
ID comparator 4 threshold  
No hysteresis  
No hysteresis  
No hysteresis  
No hysteresis  
0.150  
0.683  
1.300  
2.350  
0.200  
0.720  
1.400  
2.500  
0.250  
0.757  
1.500  
2.650  
V
V
V
V
VID_CMP2  
VID_CMP3  
VID_CMP4  
Current Sources  
IID_WK_SRC  
IID_SRC_16u  
IID_SRC_5u  
ID wake-up current source  
ID current source (trimmed)  
ID current source  
VID < 2.75 V  
VID < 2.75 V  
VID < 2.75 V  
3.5  
15.5  
4.5  
9
16  
5
25  
16.5  
5.5  
µA  
µA  
µA  
ADP Comparators  
VADP_ PRB  
ADP probing voltage threshold  
ADP sensing voltage threshold  
ADP discharge voltage  
No hysteresis  
No hysteresis  
0.6  
0.65  
0.40  
0.7  
V
V
V
VADP_ SNS  
0.20  
0.55  
0.15  
VADP_ DSCHRG  
ADP Current Sources/Sinks  
VBUS_IADP_SRC ADP source current  
VBUS < 0.8 V  
1.10  
1.40  
1.65  
mA  
32  
Specifications  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
Table 4-13. USB OTG Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
0.5 V < VBUS < 0.8 V  
0.15 V < VBUS < 0.8 V  
MIN  
1.1  
TYP  
1.5  
MAX  
UNIT  
2
2
VBUS_IADP_SINK  
ADP sink current  
mA  
0.5  
1.5  
ADP Timings  
T_ADP_SINK  
TA_ADP_PRB  
TB_ADP_PRB  
T_ADP_SNS  
Comparators  
ADP sink time  
13  
1.25  
1.9  
3
14  
1.75  
2.0  
15  
1.85  
2.6  
ms  
s
ADP probing period, A-device  
ADP probing period, B-device  
ADP sensing time-out  
s
s
Positive threshold  
Hysteresis  
2.8  
50  
3.2  
3.6  
V
VVBUS_WKUP_UP  
VA_VBUS_VLD  
VBUS wake-up comparator  
100  
175  
mV  
A-device VBUS valid comparator  
threshold  
Threshold, no  
hysteresis  
4.4  
4.5  
4.6  
V
Positive threshold  
Hysteresis  
2.2  
20  
2.4  
80  
2.6  
140  
1.3  
70  
V
mV  
V
VB_SESS_VLD_UP  
B-device session valid comparator  
A-device session valid comparator  
B-device session end comparator  
Positive threshold  
Hysteresis  
0.9  
10  
1.1  
40  
VA_SESS_VLD_UP  
VB_SESS_END_UP  
mV  
V
Positive threshold  
Hysteresis  
0.3  
10  
0.5  
40  
0.8  
70  
mV  
V
Positive threshold  
Hysteresis  
2.90  
20  
3.10  
80  
3.40  
140  
6.8  
180  
VOTG_SESS_VLD_UP OTG session valid comparator  
mV  
V
Positive threshold  
Hysteresis  
6.3  
40  
6.5  
110  
VOTG_OVV_UP  
OTG overvoltage comparator  
mV  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Specifications  
33  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
4.5.12 Gas Gauge  
Table 4-14 lists the gas gauge electrical characteristics.  
Table 4-14. Gas Gauge Electrical Characteristics  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
20-mΩ sense resistor  
15-mΩ sense resistor  
MIN  
–3.1  
-4.13  
TYP  
MAX  
3.1  
UNIT  
Current measurement range  
Measurement accuracy of single  
measurement result after calibration. CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 00  
Includes reference, temperature,  
offset, and 3σ statistical variation.  
Tolerance of the sense resistor R2 is CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 11  
not included.  
A
4.13  
–Vmeas × 1%  
–0.11  
Vmeas × 1%  
0.11  
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 01  
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 10  
–0.28  
–0.74  
–2.15  
0.28  
0.74  
2.15  
mV  
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 00  
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 01  
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 10  
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 11  
200  
200  
200  
450  
Offset before autocalibration  
µV  
µV  
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 00  
Offset after autocalibration (software CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 01  
must calculate the calibrated result) CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 10  
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 11  
10  
10  
100  
450  
Usable input voltage range  
–62  
62  
mV  
Hz  
Input clock frequency  
32-kHz crystal oscillator  
32768  
50  
Power on; FG_EN = 1  
70  
Current consumption  
µA  
Power off; FG_EN = 0  
0.2  
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 00  
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 01  
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 10  
250  
62.5  
Integration period (sample counter  
uses 32-kHz crystal oscillator)  
ms  
15.625  
3.9062  
5
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 11  
R2  
External sense resistor  
10  
20  
mΩ  
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 00  
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 01  
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 10  
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 11  
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 00  
1 + 13  
1 + 11  
1 + 9  
1 + 7  
Integrator data size (2s complement)  
Bit  
–3.5  
–2.5  
–2.0  
–1.5  
3.5  
2.5  
2.0  
1.5  
Integral nonlinearity (average on 10 CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 01  
INL  
LSB  
LSB  
measurement results)  
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 10  
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 11  
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 00  
Differential nonlinearity (average on CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 01  
–4.0  
–2.5  
–1.5  
–1.0  
4.0  
2.5  
1.5  
1.0  
DNL  
10 measurement results)  
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 10  
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 11  
Accumulator data size  
Offset data size  
1 + 31  
1 + 9  
24  
Bit  
Bit  
Bit  
Sample counter data size  
34  
Specifications  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
4.5.13 GPADC  
Table 4-15 lists the GPADC electrical characteristics.  
Table 4-15. GPADC Electrical Characteristics  
PARAMETER  
Current consumption  
Off mode current  
TEST CONDITIONS  
GPADC_EN = 1  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
µA  
IQ  
1600  
IQOFF  
f
GPADC_EN = 0  
1
µA  
Running frequency  
Resolution  
3
12  
7
MHz  
Bit  
Number of external inputs  
Number of internal inputs  
12  
GPADC_EN 0 to 1 or GPADC_EN 1  
to 0  
Turn on/off time  
10  
20  
µs  
Gain error without calibration (inputs  
without scaler)  
–2 %  
2 %  
GPADC_IN10  
–5 %  
–3  
3 %  
Gain error without calibration (inputs  
with scaler)  
Others than GPADC_IN10  
3
36  
Offset error without calibration  
–36  
LSB  
LSB  
GPADC_IN10  
–0.7 %  
–0.22 %  
-3  
0.7 %  
0.22 %  
3
Gain error with calibration (at 25°C  
temperature)(1)  
Others than GPADC_IN10  
GPADC_IN10  
Offset error with calibration (at 25°C  
temperature)(1)  
Others than GPADC_IN10  
-5  
5
GPADC_IN0 - GPADC_IN6,  
GPADC_IN17  
–0.6 %  
–0.6 %  
–2  
0.25 %  
0.45 %  
2
Gain error drift (Temperature and  
supply)  
Other channels  
Offset drift (Temperature and  
supply)  
LSB  
LSB  
Best fitting, GPADC_IN9  
Best fitting, GPADC_IN14  
Best fitting, other channels  
–3  
–16  
–3  
4
12  
3
INL  
Integral nonlinearity  
DNL  
CIN  
Differential nonlinearity  
Input capacitance  
–2  
2
LSB  
pF  
GPADC_IN17  
Other inputs  
4
0.5  
Source resistance without  
capacitance  
20  
kΩ  
Source input impedance (external  
inputs)(2)  
RExt  
Source capacitance with > 20-kΩ  
source resistance  
100  
nF  
GPADC_VREF voltage reference  
GPADC_VREF output current  
1.25  
V
External load  
Typical range  
200  
µA  
Input range (Sigma-Delta ADC; the  
input voltage and nonsaturated  
ranges of the scaled inputs are  
described in Table 5-2)  
0
1.25  
VIN  
V
Assured range without saturation  
0.01  
1.215  
1 channel, sampling = 0  
1 channel, sampling = 1  
2 channels, sampling = 0  
2 channels, sampling = 1  
210  
640  
290  
720  
7
TConv  
Conversion time  
µs  
GPADC_IN0 current source  
6.65  
20.9  
7.35  
23.1  
µA  
GPADC_IN0 with additional current  
source  
GPADC_ISOURCE_EN = 1  
22  
(1) Total accuracy is a combination of Gain error with calibration (at 25°C temperature), Gain error drift, Offset error with calibration (at 25°C  
temperature), Offset drift and INL.  
(2) If the source impedance is more than 20 kΩ, then 100 nF must be connected to the input.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Specifications  
35  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
Table 4-15. GPADC Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
GPADC_REMSENSE[1:0] = 00  
GPADC_REMSENSE[1:0] = 01  
GPADC_REMSENSE[1:0] = 10  
GPADC_REMSENSE[1:0] = 11  
MIN  
TYP  
0
MAX  
UNIT  
8.5  
340  
675  
9.5  
380  
750  
10.5  
420  
825  
GPADC_IN3 current sources  
µA  
36  
Specifications  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
4.5.14 Thermal Monitoring  
Table 4-16 lists the thermal monitoring electrical characteristics.  
Table 4-16. Thermal Monitoring Electrical Characteristics  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
0.1  
UNIT  
Off mode  
Off ground current (two sensors on  
the die, specification for one sensor)  
IQOFF  
µA  
at 25°C off mode  
0.5  
On mode, standard mode  
On mode, GPADC measurement  
Rising temperature  
Falling temperature  
Rising temperature  
Falling temperature  
Rising temperature  
Falling temperature  
Rising temperature  
Falling temperature  
Rising temperature  
Falling temperature  
7
15  
On ground current (two sensors on  
the die, specification for one sensor)  
IQ  
µA  
°C  
°C  
°C  
°C  
°C  
25  
40  
104  
95  
117  
108  
121  
112  
125  
116  
130  
120  
148  
138  
127  
119  
132  
123  
136  
128  
141  
132  
160  
150  
00 (first hot-die threshold)  
01 (second hot-die threshold)  
10 (third hot-die threshold)  
11 (fourth hot-die threshold)  
Thermal shutdown  
109  
99  
113  
104  
118  
108  
136  
126  
4.5.15 System Control Thresholds  
Table 4-17 lists the system control thresholds electrical characteristics.  
Table 4-17. System Control Thresholds Electrical Characteristics  
PARAMETER  
VSYSMIN_HI threshold, rising edge  
VSYSMIN_HI threshold accuracy  
VSYSMIN_LO threshold, falling edge  
VSYSMIN_LO threshold accuracy  
POR rising-edge threshold  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
2.5  
TYP  
MAX  
3.55  
UNIT  
Programmable, step size is 50 mV  
V
–1.6 %  
2.3  
+3.2 %  
3.1  
Programmable, step size is 50 mV  
Rising edge to falling edge  
V
–1.6 %  
2.00  
1.90  
40  
+3.2 %  
2.50  
2.15  
2.00  
150  
V
V
POR fallng-edge threshold  
2.10  
POR hysteresis  
350  
mV  
4.5.16 Current Consumption  
Table 4-18 lists the current consumption electrical characteristics.  
Table 4-18. Current Consumption Electrical Characteristics  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
Backup Mode  
VSYS = 0 V  
VBACKUP = 3.2 V  
IVBACKUP(Backup)  
VBACKUP, supplied on VBACKUP  
VSYS, supplied on VSYS  
8
10  
19  
µA  
µA  
VBACKUP = 0 V  
VSYS = 2.7 V  
IVSYS(Backup)  
12  
WAIT-ON State  
IVSYS(WAIT-ON)  
SLEEP State  
IVSYS(SLEEP)  
VSYS = 3.8 V, VRTC in a low-power  
mode  
20  
30  
µA  
µA  
SMPS2 and SMPS3 enabled, no  
load  
VSYS = 3.8 V  
110  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Specifications  
37  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
 
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
4.5.17 Digital Input Signal Electrical Parameters  
Table 4-19 lists the digital input signal electrical parameters.  
Table 4-19. Digital Input Signal Electrical Parameters  
TEST  
CONDITIONS  
PARAMETER  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
PWRON, RPWRON  
Low-level input voltage related to  
VSYS/VDD  
VIL  
VIH  
–0.3  
0
0.35 × VSYS  
V
V
High-level input voltage related to  
VSYS/VDD  
0.65 × VSYS  
VSYS  
VSYS + 0.3 5.5  
GPADC_START, MMC, MSECURE, NRESWARM, PREQ1, PREQ2, PREQ3, SIM, TESTEN  
VIL  
VIH  
Low-level input voltage related to VIO  
High-level input voltage related to VIO  
–0.3  
0
0.35 × VIO  
VIO + 0.3  
V
V
0.65 × VIO  
VIO  
BOOT0, BOOT1, BOOT2, CHRG_EXTCHRG_STATZ, OSC32KIN  
VIL  
VIH  
Low-level input voltage related to VRTC  
High-level input voltage related to VRTC  
–0.3  
0
0.35 × VRTC  
VRTC + 0.3  
V
V
0.65 × VRTC  
VRTC  
CTLI2C_SCL, CTLI2C_SDA, DVSI2C_SCL, DVSI2C_SDA  
VIL  
VIH  
Low-level input voltage related to VIO  
High-level input voltage related to VIO  
Hysteresis  
–0.3  
0
0.3 × VIO  
VIO + 0.3  
V
V
V
0.7 × VIO  
0.1 × VIO  
VIO  
1.2-V Specific Related I/Os: PREQ3(1)(2)  
VIL  
VIH  
Low-level input voltage related to VIO  
High-level input voltage related to VIO  
–0.3  
0
0.3 × VIO  
VIO + 0.3  
V
V
0.7 × VIO  
VIO  
(1) PREQ3 can be programmed for two different input supplies (1.2 V/1.8 V) and, as such, has a configurable input threshold.  
(2) Applying 1.8-V input logic on the PREQ3 ball when the 1.2-V supply mode is selected does not damage the PREQ3 input buffer.  
Nevertheless, because the threshold is reduced to its 1.2-V configuration, the input buffer is more sensitive to the low 1.8-V logic level.  
4.5.18 Digital Output Signal Electrical Parameters  
Table 4-20 lists the digital output signal electrical parameters.  
Table 4-20. Digital Output Signal Electrical Parameters  
PARAMETER(1)  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
REGEN1, REGEN2, VBUS_DET  
VOL  
VOH  
Low-level output voltage  
High-level output voltage  
IOL = 100 µA  
IOH = 100 µA  
0
0.2 × VSYS  
VSYS  
V
V
0.8 × VSYS  
BATREMOVAL, CLK32KAO, CLK32KG, INT, NRESPWRON, PWM1, PWM2, SYSEN  
Low-level output voltage related to  
VIO  
VOL  
VOL  
VOH  
VOH  
IOL = 2 mA  
0
0.45  
0.2  
V
V
V
V
Low-level output voltage related to  
VIO  
IOL = 100 µA  
IOH = 2 mA  
IOH = 100 µA  
0
High-level output voltage related to  
VIO  
VIO – 0.45  
VIO – 0.2  
VIO  
VIO  
High-level output voltage related to  
VIO  
CLK32KAUDIO, CHRG_EXTCHRG_ENZ  
Low-level output voltage related to  
VRTC  
VOL  
IOL = 2 mA  
0
0
0.45  
0.2  
V
V
Low-level output voltage related to  
VRTC  
VOL  
IOL = 100 µA  
(1) All output signals are assured low when VRTC is not available, especially REGEN1, REGEN2, and SYSEN, all three of which control  
some external power resources.  
38  
Specifications  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
Table 4-20. Digital Output Signal Electrical Parameters (continued)  
PARAMETER(1)  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
VRTC  
UNIT  
High-level output voltage related to  
VRTC  
VOH  
VOH  
IOH = 2 mA  
VRTC – 0.45  
V
High-level output voltage related to  
VRTC  
IOH = 100 µA  
VRTC – 0.2  
0
VRTC  
V
V
CTLI2C_SDA, DVSI2C_SDA  
Low-level output voltage related to  
VIO  
VOL  
3-mA sink current  
0.2 × VIO  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Specifications  
39  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
4.5.19 Digital Output Signal Timing Characteristics  
Table 4-21 lists the digital output signal timing characteristics.  
Table 4-21. Digital Output Signal Timing Characteristics  
LOAD (pF)  
RISE/FALL TIME (ns)  
NOM  
BALL NAME/OUTPUT BUFFER  
CHRG_EXTCHRG_ENZ  
MIN  
5
MAX  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
MIN  
5
MAX  
15  
15  
15  
15  
15  
15  
25  
25  
15  
6
INT  
5
5
BATREMOVAL  
NRESPWRON  
PWM1  
5
5
5
5
5
5
PWM2  
5
5
REGEN1  
REGEN2  
SYSEN  
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
1
20  
35  
50  
5
4
11  
15  
20  
9
VRTC supply output buffer and  
VIO supply output buffer  
5
8
1
20  
35  
50  
5
3
17  
25  
34  
15  
30  
45  
100  
VSYS supply output buffer  
5
6
5
20  
35  
50  
8
CLK32KAO output buffer and  
CLK32KG output buffer  
10  
15  
40  
Specifications  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
4.6 Typical Characteristics  
Figure 4-1 shows the 5.0-A SMPS regulator efficiency. Figure 4-2 shows 1.1-A SMPS regulator efficiency.  
5.0 A  
1.1 A  
VBAT = 3.8 V, VOUT = 1.8 V and 1.2 V  
VBAT = 3.8 V, VOUT = 1.2 V  
95  
90  
85  
80  
75  
70  
65  
60  
55  
50  
95  
90  
85  
80  
75  
70  
65  
60  
55  
50  
1.8 V  
1.2 V  
COILCRAFT_XFL4020 – 1 µH  
2 // TOKO_DFE322512C ‐ 1 µH  
0.0001  
0.001  
0.01  
0.1  
1
10  
0.0001  
0.001  
0.01  
0.1  
1
10  
IOUT (A)  
IOUT (A)  
5.0 A  
VBAT = 3.8 V  
VOUT = 1.2 V  
1.1 A  
VBAT = 3.8 V  
VOUT = 1.8 V and 1.2 V  
Figure 4-1. 5.0-A SMPS Regulator Efficiencies  
Figure 4-2. 1.1-A SMPS Regulator Efficiencies  
Figure 4-3 and Figure 4-4 show 2.5-A SMPS regulator efficiencies with two different inductor options.  
2.5 A  
2.5 A  
VBAT = 3.8 V, VOUT = 1.8 V and 1.3 V  
VBAT = 3.8 V, VOUT = 1.8 V and 1.3 V  
95  
90  
85  
80  
75  
70  
65  
60  
55  
1.8V,  
95  
90  
85  
80  
75  
70  
65  
60  
55  
50  
1.3V,  
3.8V  
3.8V  
1.8, 3.8  
1.3, 3.8  
50  
0.0001  
0.001  
0.01  
0.1  
10  
1
I OUT (A)  
2.5 A  
VBAT = 3.8 V  
VOUT = 1.8 V and 1.3 V  
0.0001  
0.001  
0.01  
0.1  
1
10  
I OUT (A)  
Figure 4-4. 2.5-A SMPS Regulator Efficiencies (Option 2)  
2.5 A  
VBAT = 3.8 V  
VOUT = 1.8 V and 1.3 V  
Figure 4-3. 2.5-A SMPS Regulator Efficiencies (Option 1)  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Specifications  
41  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
5 Detailed Description  
5.1 Real-Time Clock  
The RTC is driven by the 32-kHz oscillator and provides the alarm and timekeeping functions. The RTC is  
supplied by the backup battery (when available) if the main battery fails and if no external power is  
applied.  
The main functions of the RTC block are:  
Time information (seconds/minutes/hours) in binary coded decimal (BCD) code.  
Calendar information (day/month/year/day of the week) in BCD code up to year 2099.  
Programmable interrupts generation. The RTC can generate two interrupts:  
Timer interrupts periodically (1s/1m/1h/1d period) in the ACTIVE and SLEEP states (can be  
masked during the SLEEP period with the IT_SLEEP_MASK_EN bit in the  
RTC_INTERRUPTS_REG register in order to prevent the host processor from waking up)  
Alarm interrupt at a precise time of the day (alarm function) in the ACTIVE and SLEEP states and  
switch-on transition from the WAIT_ON state  
Oscillator frequency calibration and time correction with 1/32768 resolution.  
For security purposes, the registers related to time and calendar information are protected by restricting  
their write access to software running in the secure mode of the host (the MSECURE pin set to 1). Read  
access is always allowed, even in a nonsecured mode. However, it is possible to disable the secure mode  
with the MSECURE OTP bit. In this case, the read and write accesses are available regardless of the  
status of the MSECURE pin.  
32-kHz clock  
input  
Frequency  
compensation  
Week  
days  
32-kHz  
counter  
Control  
Days  
Seconds  
Minutes  
Hours  
Months  
Years  
INT_ALARM  
Interrupt  
Alarm  
INT_TIMER  
SWCS057-005  
Figure 5-1. Block Diagram of the RTC Digital Section  
42  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
5.2 Clocks  
The TPS80032 device is independent of any high-frequency system clock; it provides only a 32-kHz clock  
to the platform. The oscillator can use an external crystal unit to generate the clock or use an external 32-  
kHz oscillator, in which case the internal oscillator module is bypassed.  
To provide a high-performance 32-kHz clock for peripherals, like an audio device, a dedicated output  
buffer is implemented on the CLK32KAUDIO ball. This audio buffer uses the 1.8-V VRTC regulator as  
power. CLK32KAO is always active when 1.8-V I/O voltage is available, whereas the CLK32KG and  
CLK32KAUDIO outputs can be controlled by PREQ signals and register bits (CLK32KG_CFG_TRANS,  
CLK32KG_CFG_STATE, CLK32KAUDIO_CFG_TRANS, and CLK32KAUDIO_CFG_STATE).  
The TPS80032 device also includes a 32-kHz RC oscillator and a 6-MHz RC oscillator, which are used  
internally.  
5.3 Power Management  
The power-management state machine manages control of the state of the different resources included in  
the TPS80032 device depending on system activity and energy availability. It ensures the detection of  
external or internal triggering events that initiate a change of system power state. It controls the transition  
sequences required to change the system from current power state to a new power state by configuring  
the resources according to the desired final power state.  
Host processor can access the configuration registers using the general-purpose I2C interface (CTL-I2C).  
Figure 5-2 shows a block diagram of the power-management system.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
43  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
PWRON  
RPWRON  
RTC-ALARM  
VAC_DET  
HW events  
Detection  
VBUS_DET  
Sequence arbitration  
Internal POR  
Debouncing  
THERM_DET  
Emergency  
MBAT_PLUG  
BBAT_PLUG  
NRESWARM  
Sequence  
Tables  
CTLI2C_SDA  
Software  
FSM  
commands  
CTLI2C_SCL  
I2C control  
PREQ2  
PREQ3  
DVSI2C_SDA  
Commands  
controller  
DVS software  
Resources  
commands  
DVSI2C_SCL  
I2C  
Figure 5-2. Block Diagram of the Power Controller  
5.3.1 Finite State Machine (FSM)  
The TPS80032 FSM controls boot sequences, TPS80032 state changes and resources initialization. The  
power sequences are stored in a hard coded table (OTP memory). The FSM reacts on events, which  
initiates power state transitions.  
44  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
5.3.2 Hardware Events  
Starting events (going into ACTIVE state):  
Power on button (PWRON ball)  
Remote power on (Accessories) (RPWRON ball)  
Battery plug (VSYS ball)  
VAC detection (VAC ball)  
USB VBUS detection (VBUS ball)  
USB ID detection (USB ID ball)  
RTC alarm  
Stopping events (going into OFF state):  
Short PWRON key press (interrupt to the processor that initiates switch off)  
Long PWRON key press (hardware switch off)  
Remote power on (RPWRON) (interrupt to processor that initiates switch off)  
Primary watchdog expire (hardware switch off)  
Regulator short circuit protection (hardware switch off)  
Thermal shutdown (hardware switch off)  
Backup events or shutdown events (going into NO SUPPLY or BACKUP state):  
Removal of main and/or backup battery  
Low main and/or backup battery  
5.3.3 Software Events  
Stopping events (going into OFF state):  
DEVOFF instruction: DEV_OFF register bit all set to one (PHOENIX_DEV_ON register)  
Software reset (SW_RESET), going to OFF state and then restart to ACTIVE  
5.3.4 Resource Definition  
A resource is an element that provides the necessary to a system to operate. Typical resources are  
supplies, clocks, resets, references, bias. Each resource can be addressed with its unique I2C address  
RES_ID (Resource Identification).  
A remapping of the resource state versus the system state can be done. For example, a resource can be  
set either ON or OFF when the system state is SLEEP.  
5.3.5 Resource Operating Modes  
5.3.5.1 Voltage Regulator Operating Modes (All Types)  
In order to optimize the power consumption, three operating modes may be allowed for a voltage  
regulator:  
OFF mode: The output voltage is not maintained and the power consumption is minimized.  
AMS mode: The regulator is able to deliver its nominal output voltage with a full load current capability.  
Quiescent current adapts automatically to load current.  
FORCE mode: Force active mode.  
5.3.5.2 REGEN1 / REGEN2 / SYSEN Operating Modes  
DISABLE: The REGEN1 / REGEN2 / SYSEN I/O drives the signal to its disable state.  
ACTIVE: The REGEN1 / REGEN2 / SYSEN I/O drives the signal to its active state.  
5.3.5.3 SMPS Operating Modes  
OFF mode: The output voltage is not maintained and the power consumption is minimized.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
45  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
AUTO mode: The SMPS is able to deliver its nominal output voltage with a full load current capability.  
PFM or PWM is automatically selected versus load current.  
FORCED_PWM mode: The SMPS runs always in PWM even at light load. It allows to maintain a low  
output voltage ripple.  
5.3.5.4 Main Bandgap Operating Modes  
OFF mode: The reference voltage is not maintained and the bandgap power consumption is  
minimized.  
ON ACCURATE mode: The bandgap is able to deliver accurate nominal reference voltage.  
LOW POWER mode: A nominal but less accurate voltage reference is maintained with very low power  
consumption.  
ON FAST mode: The nominal reference voltage is maintained with less precision as the low pass filter  
on the VBG output is disabled. This condition during power up phase allows a quicker setting of the  
reference voltage. This mode is only used during a BOOT or WAKEUP phase.  
5.3.5.5 Comparators Operating Modes  
OFF mode: The comparator is disabled, result of compare operation is forced to true, power  
consumption is minimized.  
ON mode: The comparator is enabled result of compare depends on its inputs.  
5.3.5.6 Hot-die Warning Operating Modes  
ACTIVE mode: The hot-die warning feature is enabled.  
OFF mode: The hot-die warning feature is disabled.  
5.3.5.7 Clocks and PWM1 / PWM2 Drivers Operating Modes  
DISABLE mode: The signal at driver output is stopped.  
ACTIVE mode: The signal at driver output is running.  
5.3.6 Addressing Resources Registers  
Three types of register can be associated to a resource:  
Configuration Registers:  
CFG_TRANS register  
CFG_STEP register (DVS resource)  
State Register:  
CFG_STATE register  
DVS Registers:  
CFG_FORCE register  
CFG_VOLTAGE register (DVS resource)  
The configuration registers are intended for resource configuration, while state registers are intended to  
manage the resource state transition; finally DVS registers are intended to dynamic voltage control via  
DVS-I2C. Configuration and state registers contribute to determine resource behavior. The state register  
defines to which state the resource has to switch and the timing for the transition. The configuration  
register defines the resource behavior in a defined state. Although both types of registers can be access  
by the FSM and the CTL-I2C, it is preferable to reserve I2C access to configuration registers and FSM  
access to state registers. Access to DVS registers is exclusively done via DVS-I2C in applications using  
DVS capability.  
These registers can be accessed in different ways, individual access to allow accessing registers through  
their physical address (ID) and broadcast messages that are interpreted by individual resources in function  
of their configuration  
46  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
5.3.6.1 State Register (CFG_STATE)  
Purpose of this register is to set the state of the resource. If the resource is associated to a Power request  
pin (PREQ1, PREQ2 or PREQ3), any state change of the Power request pin will be transmitted to all its  
associated resources.  
5.3.6.2 State Mapping Register (CFG_TRANS)  
Purpose of this register is to map the individual resource state to the state resulting from system states  
arbitration (RES_STATE).  
5.3.6.3 Voltage Register (CFG_VOLTAGE)  
This register is dedicated to resources belonging to the power provider category (LDO or SMPS), is used  
to set the voltage level of the SMPS and LDO.  
5.3.6.4 Force Register (CFG_FORCE)  
This register is dedicated to DVS-SMPS. It can be accessed through DVS-I2C and power management  
control FSM during power on sequence. This is used to force the voltage without ramping.  
5.3.6.5 Step Register (CFG_STEP)  
This register is dedicated to DVS-SMPS; its purpose is to control the slope of voltage ramping when VSEL  
content is modified.  
5.3.7 Power Management I/Os Functionality  
5.3.7.1 BOOT[2:0]  
Purpose of these input balls is to select the boot sequence executed by the TPS80032 device during the  
startup phase. BOOT [2:0] balls provide indication on the following parameters to select the correct value  
for the supply voltages and detection thresholds (see PH_STS_BOOT register).  
BOOT0: Battery chemistry (cut-off voltage), described in EPROM Application Note.  
BOOT1: Described in EPROM Application Note.  
BOOT2: Described in EPROM Application Note.  
5.3.7.2 PWRON  
The PWRON ball is intended to be connected to a push button to control system power on / off. An  
internal pull up on the battery domain is implemented on this input.  
Three timers are associated to this input duration:  
A short timer of 15ms to confirm the key press detection; this confirmation initiates a power-on  
sequence or generation of an interrupt depending on system state.  
A long timer, programmable from 50 ms to 1.55 seconds, that measures the key press. A register bit  
(KPD_STS bit in KEY_PRESS_DURATION_CFG register) is set and an interrupt (SPDURATION) is  
generated if the key press duration exceeds the timer duration.  
A very long timer of 8 or 4 seconds (the duration is selected with LPK_TIME bit in  
KEY_PRESS_DURATION_CFG register) that generates a shutdown by forcing the TPS80032 device  
to the WAIT-ON state. The shutdown reason is indicated by a register bit (DEVOFF_LPK in  
PHOENIX_LAST_TURNOFF_STS register). The shutdown feature can be disabled by an OTP  
memory bit (LPK_DISABLE) and there is another OTP memory bit (LPK_RESTART) which can be  
used to generate a startup just after the transition to WAIT-ON.  
PWRON detection is performed on both falling and rising edges (1 interrupt line, 1 interrupt status bit). The  
polarity is defined as following:  
High level: Key released  
Low level: Key pressed  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
47  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
5.3.7.3 RPWRON  
RPWRON is also intended to control the system power on / off. An internal pull up on the battery domain  
is implemented on this input. One timer is associated to this input duration:  
A short timer of 15ms to confirm detection, this confirmation initiates a power-on sequence or  
generation of an interrupt depending on system state.  
RPWRON can be programmed with OTP bit (RPWRON_OFF_DIS) to generate a shutdown sequence. In  
this situation there is 1 second delay between the interrupt generation and the shutdown sequence.  
RPWRON detection is performed on both falling and rising edges. The polarity is defined as following:  
High level: Key released  
Low level: Key pressed  
5.3.7.4 REGEN1, REGEN2  
The power management FSM controls these output signals. These balls are activated during the power on  
/ power off sequences. The timing of activation is dependant of the power sequence (OTP memory).  
REGEN1 and REGEN2 can be used to control two different external power supplies. The associated  
registers are:  
REGEN1_CFG_TRANS, REGEN1_CFG_STATE  
REGEN2_CFG_TRANS, REGEN2_CFG_STATE  
The polarity is defined as following:  
High level: Active  
Low level: Disabled  
5.3.7.5 SYSEN  
This output signal is controlled by the power management FSM, is activated during the power on / power  
off sequences. The timing of activation is dependant of power sequence. SYSEN can be used to control  
an external power supply or a slave PM device. SYSEN related registers are:  
SYSEN_CFG_TRANS, SYSEN_CFG_STATE  
The polarity is defined as following:  
High level: Active  
Low level: Disabled  
5.3.8 PREQ1, PREQ2, PREQ3 Hardware Commands  
ACTIVE and SLEEP state transitions are transmitted to the TPS80032 device using signal PREQ1. On a  
PREQ1 transition, the FSM executes an ACTIVE to SLEEP or SLEEP to ACTIVE sequence. This  
sequence is hardcoded in the OTP memory. FSM conveys sequence information to the resources  
assigned to PREQ1 (assigned by PREQ1_RES_ASS_X register), by writing in to CFG_STATE register  
and set each resource in a state based on the state of the PMIC and based on the translation state  
register setting (XXX_CFG_TRANS). The request signals PREQ2 and PREQ3 are used as enable signals  
for resources. The regulators and SYSEN, REGEN1, and REGEN2 signals can be assigned to PREQ2 or  
PREQ3 (PREQ2_RES_ASS_X and PREQ3_RES_ASS_X register), and they are controlled as  
enabled/disabled with PREQ2 or PREQ3 signals.  
If one of the request signal requests the resource, it will be enabled. If none of the request signal requests  
the resource and the corresponding CFG_STATE register is cleared, it will be disabled.  
By default PREQ signals are masked. System state is not affect by PREQ signals while they are masked.  
PREQ masks configuration bits (MSK_PREQ1, MSK_PREQ2, MSK_PREQ3) are located in the register  
PHOENIX_MSK_TRANSITION.  
PREQ balls status are available in the STS_HW_CONDITIONS register (STS_PREQ1, STS_PREQ2 and  
STS_PREQ3 bits). PREQ1, PREQ2, PREQ3 are supplied on VIO voltage domain.  
48  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
The polarity is defined as following:  
High level: resources are in active state  
Low level: resources are in sleep state  
Dedicated register bits (SENS_PREQ1, SENS_PREQ2 and SENS_PREQ3) allow reversing the PREQ  
balls polarity (PHOENIX_SENS_TRANSITION register).  
5.3.9 DVS Software Commands  
Only SMPS DVS compliant can be accessed by the DVS-I2C.  
On top of hardware commands, DVS compliant power resources (SMPS1/2/5) can receive additional  
commands via the DVS-I2C. The DVS-I2C port can address two types of register:  
A command register  
A voltage register  
The DVS command field (2 MSB bits of xxxx_CFG_FORCE register) will be interpreted as follow:  
00: ON Force Voltage: The power resource is set in ON mode with the voltage value defined in the 6  
LSB bits of the command register SMPS1/2/5_CFG_FORCE  
01: ON: The power resource is set in ON mode with the voltage value defined in the  
SMPS1/2/5_CFG_VOLTAGE voltage register  
10: SLEEP Force Voltage: The power resource is set in SLEEP mode with the voltage value defined in  
the 6 LSB bits of the command register SMPS1/2/5_CFG_FORCE  
11: SLEEP: The power resource is set in SLEEP mode with the voltage value defined in the  
SMPS1/2/5_CFG_VOLTAGE voltage register  
The SLEEP Force Voltage command with the voltage value set at 000000 must be naturally interpreted as  
a shutdown command for the power resource.  
ON FORCE / SLEEP FORCE set the voltage independently of the adaptive voltage scaling. ON / SLEEP  
follow the adaptive voltage scaling.  
NOTE  
Default value is the voltage value register (both register will be set with the same default  
value)  
When the voltage is switched on the force voltage value, this is done smoothly with a  
maximum ramping define by register STEP  
DVS has only access to register voltage and force voltage (no access to register step) for  
SMPS1, SMPS2 and SMPS5  
All power resources, LDOs and non-DVS-SMPS, can be accessed by the control I2C (CTL-I2C). The  
control I2C allows the host processor to access all the internal registers for configuration purpose or  
resource commands. LDOs state can be changed by writing to the register xxx_CFG_STATE register and  
the output voltage level can be controlled by xxx_CFG_VOLTAGE register. The five LSBs represent a  
binary value used to compute the absolute voltage value to be generated by the LDO:  
Absolute Voltage value = 1.0 V + 0.1 V * (binary value - 00000001)  
This equation applies to all general-purposes LDOs, for all codes from 00000001 to 00011000. For the  
remaining codes, it has been specified dedicated output voltages:  
00000000 sets the output voltage to 0 V  
00011001 to 00011110 codes are reserved  
00011111 code sets the output voltages at 2.75 V  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
49  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
SMPS state (on/off) can be changed by writing to the register xxx_CFG_STATE register. SMPS_OFFSET  
and SMPS_MULT are used to control the offset and the extended mode of the SMPS respectively. The  
output voltage of the SMPS is calculated based on the equations below:  
Offset and Extended mode disabled  
Nominal Voltage value = 0.6077 V + 0.01266 V * (binary value – 00000001)  
Offset enabled and Extended mode disabled  
Nominal Voltage value = 0.6077 V + 0.1013 V + 0.01266 V * (binary value – 00000001)  
Offset disabled and Extended mode enabled  
Nominal Voltage value = (0.6077 V + 0.01266 V * (binary value – 00000001)) * (43/21 + 1)  
Offset and Extended mode enabled  
Nominal Voltage value = (0.6077 V + 0.1013 V + 0.01266 V * (binary value – 00000001)) * (43/21 +  
1)  
5.4 Reset System  
This section describes the different reset triggers and the signals related to resets.  
5.4.1 Warm Reset (NRESWARM)  
The TPS80032 device detects a request for a warm reset on the NRESWARM ball. The warm reset  
restarts the system without turning off the supplies. After a warm reset, the system is configured the same  
as after a first switch on (default configuration), except that the states of all resources are unchanged and  
all supply voltage values can be preserved, depending on the warm-reset sensitivity bit value (WR_S bit in  
SMPSx_CFG_VOLTAGE and LDOx_CFG_VOLTAGE registers):  
All resources not included in the switch-on sequence keep the state (ON or OFF) they have just before  
the warm reset occurs.  
Depending on the sensitivity bit, those resources either keep the value they had before the warm reset  
or are set to their default value.  
All resources included in the start-up sequence are always restarted.  
During the power-on sequence, the TPS80032 device ignores the warm reset until the host processor  
releases it.  
NRESWARM is an input reset signal. A peripheral or host processor can activate this signal by a software  
reset. A reset button can be connected to this line to generate a warm reset. The minimum duration of  
NRESWARM is two clock periods of 32 kHz. The polarity of NRESWARM is active low.  
The warm reset affects the POWER and CHARGER registers. Registers for other modules like the USB,  
FUEL GAUGE, GPADC, and PWM are not affected by a warm reset.  
5.4.2 Primary Watchdog Reset  
The TPS80032 device includes a primary watchdog timer that generates a reset of the system in case of a  
software anomaly (no response, infinite loop). The primary watchdog is programmable from 1 to 127  
seconds with 1-second steps and a default value of 32 seconds. If the primary watchdog expires, a reset  
with  
a
new startup is generated. At the same time, the DEVOFF_WDT bit (in the  
PHOENIX_LAST_TURNOFF_STS register) is set to indicate the primary watchdog expiration. The  
DEVOFF_WDT bit must be cleared in order to allow a new reset/start-up sequence if a primary watchdog  
expires again. If the bit has not been cleared the TPS80032 device generates a reset, thus forcing the  
device to the WAIT-ON/OFF state. This prevents infinite looping in case of software corruption.  
The watchdog is initialized to its default value when the system is in the WAIT-ON/OFF state, and starts  
leaving the WAIT-ON/OFF state to go to the ACTIVE/SLEEP states. The primary watchdog cannot be  
disabled by I2C writing if it is enabled by the MSK_WDT OTP memory bit.  
50  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
The HOLD_WDG_INSLEEP bit (in the CFG_INPUT_PUPD1 register) is used to select the states in which  
the watchdog is running. If the bit is 0, the watchdog is running in the SLEEP and ACTIVE states, whereas  
if the bit is 1, the watchdog is running in the ACTIVE state and is gated in the SLEEP state.  
5.4.3 Thermal Shutdown  
If the die temperature gets too high, the thermal shutdown generates a reset, thus forcing the TPS80032  
device to the WAIT-ON/OFF state.  
5.4.4 NRESPWRON  
The NRESPWRON output signal is the reset signal delivered to the host processor at the end of the  
power-on sequence. It is released when all the TPS80032 supply voltages (core and I/Os) are correctly  
set up. In addition, the NRESPWRON signal is gated until the 32-kHz crystal oscillator is stable and  
delivered to the platform. The polarity of the NRESPWRON signal is active low.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
51  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
5.5 System Control  
Internal hardware monitors the different energy sources (main and backup) and charging sources (VAC or  
VBUS). A set of comparators is dedicated to energy source selection to generate an uninterrupted power  
supply (UPR), which exists as soon as a valid energy source is present. The backup battery is considered  
to be a valid energy source after the device is first powered up. POR is released when UPR rises above to  
POR threshold and the voltage regulator VBRTC provides a supply for the digital control, the 32-kHz  
oscillators, and the low-power bandgap.  
When the system voltage rises above the VSYSMIN_LO threshold, the digital control enables the checks of  
the startup events. When a startup event is detected, a final check of the system voltage is done versus  
the VSYSMIN_HI threshold to pursue the power-up sequence.  
When the system is active the VSYSMIN_HI comparator can be used for system voltage monitoring  
(VSYS[5:0] bits in VSYSMIN_HI_THRESHOLD register) to perform checks on system voltage. It  
compares system voltage versus a programmable value and generates interrupt (VSYS_VLOW) when  
voltage rises above and drops below the programmed threshold. The comparator can be programmed  
from 2.3 to 4.6 V in 50-mV steps. The interrupt generation can be masked if the feature is not used.  
If the system voltage drops below the VSYSMIN_LO threshold during operation, the TPS80032 system enters  
the WAIT-ON state.  
Figure 5-3 shows a block diagram of the analog power control.  
VAC  
VEXT  
Shunt  
Reg  
VPOR  
VBUS  
POR  
Source  
select  
UPR  
DIG SUPPLY  
VSHUNT_MIN  
VBACKUP  
VBRTC  
Digital power-  
management  
controller  
VREF  
Backup  
battery  
BG  
VSYSMIN_LO  
VSYSMIN_HI  
VSYSMIN_LO  
VSYSMIN_HI  
VSYS  
VRTC  
Main  
battery  
SWCS057-006  
Figure 5-3. Block Diagram of the Analog Power Control  
NOTE  
UPR = VSYS if: (VSYS > VSYSMIN_LO) or (VSYS > VBACKUP) and (VSHUNT < VSHUNT_MIN)  
UPR = VBACKUP if: (VSYS < VSYSMIN_LO) and (VSYS < VBACKUP – 0.1 V) and (VSHUNT  
VSHUNT_MIN) and POR = 0  
<
UPR = VSHUNT if: (VSYS < VSYSMIN_LO) and (VSHUNT > VSHUNT_MIN)  
Figure 5-4 shows the power state transition diagram.  
52  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
From any  
state  
T2  
NO  
SUPPLY  
BACKUP  
T1  
T1  
T8  
WAIT-ON  
OFF  
All groups  
From any  
state  
T4  
T4  
T3  
ACTIVE  
Any groups  
SLEEP  
All groups  
T6  
T5  
T7  
SWCS057-008  
Figure 5-4. Power State Transition Diagram  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
53  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
Power-on transitions: T1  
System is in NO SUPPLY or BACKUP state. Connection of a valid energy source initiates the  
transition to WAIT-ON state.  
Triggering event: VSYS > VSYSMIN_LO  
Insertion of a charged main battery  
Precharge is active main battery voltage rises  
Condition: VUPR > VPOR  
Power-off transition: T2  
The system is in any state. Removal of all energy sources initiates a transition to NO SUPPLY  
state.  
Triggering event: VUPR < VPOR  
Main battery discharge or removal  
Backup battery discharge or removal  
Charger unplugged  
Condition: No more valid energy source  
Switch-on transition: T3  
The system is in WAIT-ON state, able to accept a hardware switch-on condition, which initiates a  
transition to ACTIVE state.  
Triggering event:  
Push button pressed and released (PWRON)  
Charging source plug (USB or external)  
RTC alarm  
Accessory plug (RPWRON)  
Insertion of a charged main battery or battery charge running (enabled by default)  
Software reset (following transition T4)  
USB ID plug insertion (disabled by default)  
Condition: VSYS > VSYSMIN_HI and no thermal shutdown active  
Switch-off transition: T4  
System is powered and in ACTIVE or SLEEP state. A hardware condition may initiate a transition to  
reach WAIT-ON state.  
Triggering event:  
Group DEVOFF command (software)  
Thermal shutdown  
Primary watchdog timer expired  
Software reset (followed by transition T3)  
Long key press (8/4 seconds) on PWRON  
Sleep-on transition: T5  
System is powered and in ACTIVE state. A hardware condition initiates a transition to SLEEP state.  
Triggering event: Subsystem group sleep command (hardware) (PREQ1 ball)  
54  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
Sleep-off transition: T6  
System is powered and in SLEEP state. A hardware condition can initiate a transition to ACTIVE  
state.  
Triggering event:  
Subsystem group active command (hardware) (PREQ1 ball)  
Warm reset (reinitialization of the TPS80032 device)  
Active reset transition: T7  
System is powered and in ACTIVE state. A hardware condition can initiate a reset; system  
remains in ACTIVE state.  
Triggering event: Warm reset (reinitialization of the device)  
Backup-on transition: T8  
System is powered and in ACTIVE, SLEEP, or WAIT-ON state. The detection of a low main  
battery initiates the transition to BACKUP state.  
Triggering event: System voltage < VSYSMIN_LO (discharge/removal)  
Condition: VUPR > VPOR  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
55  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
5.6 System Voltage/Battery Comparator Thresholds  
Three thresholds of battery voltage condition the system state transitions:  
POR  
Released when the energy source provides a voltage greater than 2 V  
POR threshold is the minimum voltage below which the TPS80032 device is reset.  
VSYSMIN_LO  
Threshold of hardware switch off  
Two values, depending on the battery technology, are stored in OTP memory (VSYSMIN_LO_MIN,  
VSYSMIN_LO_MAX bits) and selected by BOOT0 pin.  
The comparator threshold (VSYSMIN_LO) is configurable from 2.0 to 3.1 V in 50-mV steps.  
VSYSMIN_HI  
Threshold of switch on  
Checked as condition to initiate any sequence to ACTIVE state  
Two values, depending on the battery technology, are stored in OTP memory (VSYSMIN_HI_MIN,  
VSYSMIN_HI_MAX bits) and selected by BOOT0 pin.  
The comparator threshold (VSYSMIN_HI) is configurable from 2.5 to 4.6 V in 50-mV steps.  
For correct system behavior, the value of the VSYSMIN_HI threshold must not be programmed higher  
than the default system supply/charging voltage. Otherwise, the TPS80032 device does not switch  
on after a charger plug with empty battery.  
NOTE  
The system voltage must be above the VSYSMIN_HI threshold level in order to begin the  
start-up sequence. The TPS80032 device initiates the shut-down sequence if the system  
voltage decreases below VSYSMIN_LO. The dropout voltage requirements for the SMPSs  
and LDOs must be taken into account, otherwise the regulators may not fulfill their  
specifications.  
5.7 Power Resources  
The power resources provided by the TPS80032 device include inductor-based SMPSs and linear LDO  
voltage regulators. These supply resources provide the required power to the external processor cores  
and external components as well as to the modules embedded in the TPS80032 device.  
5.7.1 Short-Circuit Protection  
The short-circuit current limits for all LDOs and SMPS regulators embedded in the TPS80032 device are  
approximately twice their respective maximum load current. For specific LDO use cases, when the output  
of the module is shorted to ground, the power dissipation can exceed the power dissipation requirement, if  
no continuous preventive action is engaged.  
The short-circuit protection scheme compares an LDO/SMPS output voltage to a reference voltage and  
detects a short circuit if the regulator voltage drops slightly below its minimum output voltage (1 V for  
LDOs and 0.6 V for SMPSs). A short-circuit protection scheme is included in each power resource of the  
TPS80032 device to ensure that if the output of an LDO or SMPS is short-circuited, the power dissipation  
does not increase drastically.  
All LDOs/SMPSs include this short-circuit protection that monitors the regulator output voltage and  
generates an interrupt when a short-circuit is detected (see interrupt mapping). The VRTC regulator is the  
unique power resource that cannot generate an interrupt when shorted. Therefore, this regulator includes  
a different analog short-circuit mechanism that does not require a switch off the regulator.  
56  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
If the short-circuit is detected the SMPS_LDO_SHORT_STS register is updated and the application  
processor needs to clear the short-circuit interrupt (VXXX_SHORT) and turn off the associated power  
resource within the 10-ms default time. If the interrupt is not cleared before the counter expires, the  
TPS80032 device switches off automatically. In parallel, the primary watchdog can shut down the device,  
if the watchdog expires.  
In normal use conditions, when the TPS80032 device is turned off, all LDO/SMPS resources (except  
VRTC/VBRTC) are turned off and their corresponding short-circuit mechanisms are reset. If a short-circuit  
condition persists in which all power resources should normally be off, the TPS80032 device does not  
power up again.  
CAUTION  
If the external components of the SMPSs or LDOs are not placed and the regulator is  
enabled, the short-circuit detection triggers. If software is unable to clear the interrupt  
and shut down the regulator within the short-circuit counter time, the PMIC shuts down.  
To generate a succesful start-up sequence, all the regulators enabled during start up  
must include the external components (capacitors and coils).  
5.7.2 SMPS Regulators  
The TPS80032 device includes five SMPS regulators, three of which have DVS capability and thus can be  
selected to provide independent core voltage domains to the host processor. Each SMPS is a high-  
frequency, synchronous, step-down DC-DC converter allowing the use of low-cost chip inductors and  
capacitors.  
SMPS1 operates with a 3-MHz fixed-switching frequency and the other SMPSs operate at 6-MHz fixed-  
switching frequency and enters the power-save mode operation at light load currents to maintain high  
efficiency over the entire load current. Pulse-frequency modulation (PFM) mode extends the battery life by  
reducing the quiescent current to 30 µA (typical) during light load and standby operation. For noise-  
sensitive applications, the appropriate SMPS can be forced into fixed-frequency pulse-width modulation  
(PWM) mode (FORCE PWM setting in SMPSx_CFG_TRANS registers). In shutdown mode, the current  
consumption is reduced to less than 1 µA.  
Each SMPS is a synchronous step-down converter operating with a fixed-frequency, PWM at moderate-to-  
heavy load currents. At light load currents, the converter operates in power-save mode with PFM. The  
converter uses a unique frequency locked-ring oscillating modulator to achieve best-in-class load and line  
response and allows the use of tiny inductors and small ceramic input and output capacitors. At the  
beginning of each switching cycle, the P-channel MOSFET switch is turned on and the inductor current  
ramps up, raising the output voltage until the main comparator trips. The control logic then turns off the  
switch.  
One key advantage of the nonlinear architecture is the absence of a traditional feedback loop. The loop  
response to change in VO is essentially instantaneous, which explains its extraordinary transient  
response. The absence of a traditional, high-gain compensated linear loop means that the regulator is  
inherently stable over a wide range of L and CO. Each SMPS integrates a current limit in the P-channel  
MOSFET (in SMPS1 in the high-side N-channel MOSFET). When the current in the MOSFET reaches its  
current limit, the MOSFET is turned off and the low-side N-channel MOSFET is turned on for at least 150  
ns.  
With decreasing load current, the device automatically switches into pulse-skipping operation in which the  
power stage operates intermittently based on load demand. By running cycles periodically, the switching  
losses are minimized, and the device runs with a minimum quiescent current and maintains high  
efficiency. The converter positions the DC output voltage approximately 1% above the nominal output  
voltage. This voltage-positioning feature minimizes voltage drops caused by a sudden load step. When in  
PFM mode, the converter resumes its operation when the output voltage trips below the nominal voltage.  
It ramps up the output voltage with a minimum of three pulses and goes into PFM mode when the inductor  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
57  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
current has returned to a zero steady state. Because of the dynamic voltage positioning, the average  
output voltage in PFM mode is slightly higher than its nominal value in PWM mode. During PFM operation,  
the converter operates only when the output voltage trips below a set threshold voltage. It ramps up the  
output voltage with several pulses and goes into PFM mode when the output voltage exceeds the nominal  
output voltage.  
The rated output current is 5.0/3.0 A for SMPS1, 2.5 A for SMPS2, and 1.1 A for SMPS3, SMPS4, and  
SMPS5 regulators.  
5.7.2.1 Soft Start  
Each SMPS has an internal soft-start circuit that limits the inrush current and thus the input voltage drop  
during start up. The soft-start system progressively increases the on-time from a minimum pulse-width of  
30 ns as a function of the output voltage. This mode of operation continues for 200 µs after enable. If the  
output voltage does not reach its targeted value by this time, such as in the case of heavy load, the soft-  
start transitions to a second mode of operation. The converter then operates in a current-limit mode,  
specifically the PMOS current limit is set to half the nominal limit and the N-channel MOSET remains on  
until the inductor current is reset. After an additional 100 µs, the device ramps up to full current-limit  
operation, providing that the output voltage rises above approximately 0.7 V. Therefore, the start-up time  
mainly depends on the output capacitor and load current.  
5.7.2.2 Inductor Selection  
All step-down converters are designed to operate with an effective inductance value from 0.40 to 1.30 µH  
and with output capacitors from 4 to 15 µF (15 to 29 µF for SMPS1 ). The maximum output capacitor  
value is normally used during the start-up phase, when the capacitor is still unbiased. The internal  
compensation is optimized to operate with an output filter of L = 1.0 µH and CO = 10 µF (SMPS2, SMPS3,  
SMPS4, and SMPS5) and CO = 22 µF (SMPS1 ). Larger or smaller inductor values can be used to  
optimize the performance of the device for specific operation conditions. If SMPS1 is used for up to 5.0-A  
current levels, it is recommended to use two 1.0-µH inductors in parallel.  
The inductor value affects the following:  
The peak-to-peak ripple current  
The PWM-to-PFM transition point  
The output voltage ripple  
The efficiency  
The selected inductor must be rated for its DC resistance and saturation current. The ripple current of the  
inductor decreases with higher inductance and increases with higher VI or VO.  
In high-frequency converter applications, the efficiency is essentially affected by the inductor AC  
resistance (quality factor) and to a smaller extension by the inductor DCR value. To achieve high-  
efficiency operation, special care must be taken to select inductors featuring a quality factor above 20 at  
the switching frequency. Increasing the inductor value produces lower RMS currents, but degrades  
transient response. For a given physical inductor size, increased inductance usually results in an inductor  
with lower saturation current.  
The total losses of the coil consist of the losses in the DC resistance and the following frequency-  
dependent components:  
The losses in the core material (magnetic hysteresis loss, especially at high switching frequencies)  
Additional losses in the conductor from the skin effect (current displacement at high frequencies)  
Magnetic field losses of the neighboring windings (proximity effect)  
Radiation losses  
58  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
5.7.2.3 Output Capacitor Selection  
SMPS advanced fast-response voltage mode control allows the use of tiny ceramic capacitors. Ceramic  
capacitors, with low ESR values, provide the lowest output voltage ripple. The output capacitor requires  
either an X7R or an X5R dielectric. Y5V and Z5U dielectric capacitors, aside from their wide variation in  
capacitance over temperature, become resistive at high frequencies.  
At nominal load current, the device operates in PWM mode and the overall output voltage ripple is the  
sum of the voltage step caused by the output capacitor ESL and the ripple current flowing through the  
output capacitor reactance.  
At light loads, the device operates in power-save mode, and the output voltage ripple is independent of the  
output capacitor value. The output voltage ripple is set by the internal comparator thresholds and  
propagation delays.  
5.7.2.4 Input Capacitor Selection  
Because the buck converter has a pulsating input current, a low ESR input capacitor must prevent large  
voltage transients that can cause misbehavior of the device or interferences with other circuits in the  
system. Although a 2.2-µF capacitor is sufficient for most applications, a 4.7-µF capacitor is recommended  
to improve input noise filtering.  
CAUTION  
Take care when using only ceramic input capacitors. When a ceramic capacitor is used  
at the input and the power is being supplied through long wires, such as from a wall  
adapter, a load step at the output can induce ringing at the VIN pin. This ringing can  
couple to the output and be mistaken as loop instability or could even damage the part.  
In this case, additional bulk capacitance (electrolytic or tantalum) must be placed  
between CI and the power source lead to reduce ringing that can occur between the  
inductance of the power source leads and CI.  
5.7.2.5 SMPS1, SMPS2, SMPS5  
The TPS80032 device includes three SMPS buck converters (SMPS1, SMPS2, and SMPS5) with DVS-  
control capability; their output voltages (SMPSx_CFG_FORCE registers) are independently controlled  
using the DVS-I2C dedicated interface. The output voltages can be also controlled using the CTL-I2C  
interface with SMPSx_CFG_VOLTAGE registers. Default output voltage at power up is configurable by the  
OTP memory. The regulators can be used, for example, for a processor or 1.8-V I/O supply.  
SMPS1 has two output current ranges selectable by OTP memory bit (SMPS1_5A). A 3-A mode supports  
output currents up to a 3-A level and 5-A mode supports output currents up to a 5-A level. The electrical  
characteristics depend on the selected mode (see Table 4-1).  
5.7.2.6 SMPS3, SMPS4  
The TPS80032 device includes two SMPS buck converters (SMPS3 and SMPS4) that can be used, for  
example, for memory supply, peripheral, or preregulation.  
5.7.3 LDO Regulators  
All LDOs are integrated so that they can be connected to an internal preregulator, to an external buck  
boost SMPS, or to another preregulated voltage source.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
59  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
The output voltages of all LDOs can be selected, regardless of the LDO input voltage level VIN. There is  
no hardware protection to prevent software from selecting an improper output voltage if the VIN minimum  
level is lower than TDCOV (total DC output voltage) + DV (dropout voltage). In such conditions, the output  
voltage would be lower and nearly equal to the input supply. For example, in further electrical tables, only  
the possible input supplies, which fulfill the electrical performances on all their range, are mentioned at  
each selected output.  
The regulator output voltage cannot be modified on the fly, from the voltage range of 1.0 to 2.1 V to the  
other voltage range of 2.2 to 3.3 V and vice versa. The regulator must be restarted in these cases.  
If an LDO is not needed and not turned on by software or a switch-on sequence, the external components  
can be removed. The TPS80032 device is not damaged by this configuration, and the other functions do  
not depend on the unmounted LDOs and continue to work.  
5.7.3.1 VANA  
The VANA voltage regulator is dedicated to supply the analog functions of the TPS80032 device, such as  
the GPADC, gas gauge, and other analog circuitries.  
VANA can be enabled and disabled individually or when associated with a power group. This power  
resource control optimizes the overall SLEEP state current consumption. This regulator also can be used  
at platform level to supply other applications, provided they do not generate noise to the supply line and  
the maximum current is less than 15 mA.  
5.7.3.2 VRTC, VBRTC  
The VRTC voltage regulator supplies always-on functions, such as RTC and wake-up functions. This  
power resource is active as soon as a valid energy source is present.  
This resource has two modes:  
Normal mode when supplied from main battery and able to supply all digital part of the TPS80032  
device  
Backup mode when supplied from a backup battery or from weak main battery and able to supply only  
always-on parts  
VRTC supplies the digital part of the TPS80032 device. In BACKUP state, the VRTC regulator is in low-  
power mode (VBRTC) and is supplied from backup battery or from weak main battery; the digital activity is  
reduced to the RTC parts only and maintained in retention registers of the backup domain. The rest of the  
digital is under reset and the clocks are gated.  
In WAIT-ON state, the turn-on events and detection mechanism are also added to the previous RTC  
current load and are still supplied on VRTC or VBRTC (the supply is controlled with VRTC_EN_OFF_STS  
bit in BBSPOR_CFG register).  
In ACTIVE state, by default the VRTC switches automatically into standard power mode (the supply is  
controlled with VRTC_PWEN bit in BBSPOR_CFG register). The reset is released and the clocks are  
available.  
In SLEEP state, VRTC is kept active. The reset is released and only the 32-kHz clock is available. Still, to  
reduce power consumption, VBRTC instead of VRTC can be used by software (VRTC_EN_SLP_STS bit  
in BBSPOR_CFG register).  
5.7.3.3 LDO1, LDO2, LDO3, LDO4, LDO5, LDO6, LDO7  
LDO5 is a programmable linear voltage converter used to power, for example, a multimedia card (MMC)  
slot. On top of the normal control by the power controller, it can be turned off when card removal is  
detected (the LDO5_AUTO_OFF bit in the MMCCTRL register).  
Voltage regulator LDO7 can be used to supply removable USIM memory. In addition to the normal control  
by the power controller, it can be turned off when card removal is detected (the VSIM_AUTO_OFF bit in  
the SIMCTRL register).  
60  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
The TPS80032 device includes five general-purpose resources (LDO1, LDO2, LDO3, LDO4, and LDO6)  
to supply external peripherals, such as cameras sensors, display drivers, memories (eMMC), and others.  
When not used as a supply, LDO3 can deliver a PWM supply to drive a vibrator motor.  
5.7.3.4 LDOLN, LDOUSB  
The LDOLN regulator supplies noise-sensitive functions. LDOLN can be preregulated by SMPS.  
The LDOUSB regulator supplies the USB PHY from the PMID node of the USB VBUS input or from  
system supply/battery.  
5.8 Backup Battery Charger  
The TPS80032 device provides a BACKUP state in which a backup battery powers the RTC and other  
secure registers when no other energy source is available. The backup battery is optional and can be  
nonrechargeable or rechargeable. The rechargeable battery can be charged from the system supply using  
the backup battery charger.  
The backup battery charger includes two control loops (CC and CV). A current loop limits the charging  
current when backup battery voltage is low and a voltage loop that gradually reduces the charging current  
as backup battery voltage approaches its final value. The charge current limit is fixed and the end of  
charge voltage is programmable (BB_SEL[1:0] bits in BBSPOR_CFG register).  
The backup battery charger is controlled with BB_CHG_EN bit (in BBSPOR_CFG register) and the  
charging starts if the system supply voltage is 100 mV above backup battery voltage; charging stops when  
backup battery voltage equals either the selected end of charge voltage level or the system supply  
voltage, if it is below the end of the charge level programmed. Backup battery charge cannot start if  
system supply voltage is lower than VSYSMIN_LO. The backup battery switch controls when the system  
enters BACKUP state (supplied by the backup battery).  
During the transition from system supply to backup battery there can be a current spike from the backup  
battery. If the output resistance of the backup battery is large, an additional capacitor is needed in parallel  
with the backup battery. See the electrical characteristics for more details.  
Figure 5-5 shows a block diagram of the backup battery charger.  
VSYS  
Vref  
I_lim  
VBACKUP  
Voltage  
selection  
SWCS057-010  
Figure 5-5. Block Diagram of the Backup Battery Charger  
5.9 Battery Charging  
The TPS80032 device has an integrated switched-mode battery charger designed to generate a system  
supply and to charge the battery from a USB port. In addition, it can control an external battery charging  
IC (like BQ24159) to generate a system supply and charge the battery during hardware-controlled  
charging and selects the priority of the chargers so that only one is enabled at time.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
61  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
Figure 5-6 shows the block diagram of the USB charging electronics. The figure shows the USB charging-  
related functions with external components. The device supports two charging configurations, operation  
with Power Path and without Power Path.  
In the Power Path configuration the battery line is connected to the system supply with external PMOS  
transistor. The system supply is regulated by switched-mode regulator and the battery charging current  
and voltage are controlled with a battery charger loop and external PMOS transistor. The sense resistor at  
the output of switched-mode regulator is not needed. When the platform is supplied by battery the external  
PMOS is closed.  
In the non-Power Path configuration the battery line is used as a system supply and the external PMOS is  
not needed because the battery current is monitored with a resistor placed between ground and negative  
terminal of the battery. In this configuration a sense resistor at the output of the switched-mode regulator  
is needed as it is used to control the battery charging current.  
For information about the functions and external components related to VAC charging, see Section 5.9.12,  
Support for External Charging IC.  
62  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
Optional  
VBUS  
C36  
VBUS  
connector  
CHRG_LED_IN  
S2  
R10  
CHRG_LED_TEST  
D1  
Q1  
Q2  
CHRG_PROT_GATE  
CHRG_PMID  
C37  
CHRG_BOOT  
C40  
CHRG_DET_N  
ID  
Switched-mode  
system  
L11  
C38  
CHRG_SW  
voltage  
regulator  
CHRG_CSIN  
With Power Path  
R9  
Without Power Path  
CHRG_CSOUT  
System  
voltage  
Q3  
C39  
CHRG_VREF  
C34  
CHRG_PGND  
VAC  
CHRG_VSYS  
C45  
VAC  
CONNECTOR  
Battery  
charger  
and  
Without Power Path  
With Power Path  
C35  
S1  
supplement  
mode  
control  
CHRG_GATE  
_CTRL  
CHRG_EXTCHRG_ENZ  
CHRG_EXTCHRG_STATZ  
CHRG_VBAT  
Battery  
pack  
CGAUGE_RESP  
R2  
CGAUGE_RESN  
Gas gauge  
Figure 5-6. Block Diagram of the System Supply Regulator and Battery Charger  
The TPS80032 device supports a wide variety of rechargeable lithium-based battery technologies. Recent  
battery technologies, such as Li-SiAn and LiFePo4, present a flat discharge region in the range of 3.2–3.3  
V; technologies such as LiCoO2 and LiNiMnCoO2 present a flat discharge region in the range of 3.6–3.7  
V. To support the different battery chemistries effectively, the TPS80032 device has programmable  
VSYSMIN thresholds (OTP bits).  
The charger also performs monitoring functions:  
AC charger detection  
VBUS detection  
Battery presence detection  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
63  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
VBUS overvoltage detection  
Battery overvoltage detection  
Battery end-of-charge detection  
Thermal protection  
Watchdogs  
The same switches and external components that are used for system supply generation in buck mode  
can be used to generate a 5-V USB OTG supply in boost mode. In this mode, the TPS80032 device can  
deliver up to 300 mA of total current for USB connector and for LDOUSB.  
The VBUS input in the TPS80032 device operates up to 6.3 V; above this, level the system supply  
regulator is disabled. The VBUS input tolerates up to 20-V input voltages and down to –0.3-V input  
voltages. The negative input voltage protection can be improved with external PMOS transistor and  
resistor (shown in Figure 5-6 as optional components). This gives tolerance down to –14 V.  
NOTE  
The charging source terms are defined as follows (USB Battery Charging Specification, Rev.  
1.2)  
Standard Downstream Port (SDP): a downstream port on a device that complies with the  
USB 2.0 definition of a host or hub.  
Charging Downstream Port (CDP): a downstream port on a device that complies with the  
USB 2.0 definition of a host or a hub, except that it shall support the Charging  
Downstream Port features allowing higher charging currents.  
Dedicated Charging Port (DCP): a downstream port on a device that outputs power  
through a USB connector, but is not capable of enumerating a downstream device.  
USB Charger: a device with a DCP, such as a wall adapter or car power adapter.  
Accessory Charger Adaptor (ACA): an adaptor which allows a single USB port to be  
attached to both a charger and another device at the same time.  
Charging Port: a DCP, CDP or ACA  
5.9.1 Charger and System Supply Regulator Controller Operation  
The operation of the battery charger and the system supply regulator depends on the platform  
configuration. There are two different configurations for hardware:  
Power Path configuration (POP_APPSCH OTP bit is 1); an external PMOS is needed between VSYS  
and VBAT.  
Non-Power Path configuration (POP_APPSCH OTP bit is 0); VBAT is used as a system voltage.  
In addition, software interaction with battery charging in both configurations depends on the  
AUTOCHARGE OTP bit:  
Hardware controlled charging (AUTOCHARGE bit is 1); software interaction is minimized.  
Software controlled charging (AUTOCHARGE bit is 0); software controls the battery charging.  
The operation in the four different modes has been described in Section 5.9.1.1 through Section 5.9.1.4.  
The flow chart for startup, shutdown, and fallback (Power Control) operates in parallel with a flow chart of  
the system supply regulator and battery charging (Charger Control). The safety timer and watchdog  
operation is described in Section 5.9.6 and the charging profile and default charging parameters are  
described in Section 5.9.3.  
64  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
5.9.1.1 Power Path with Hardware Controlled Charging  
The TPS80032 device starts up for the VBUS or VAC plug insertion as soon as the system voltage is  
above the VSYSMIN_HI threshold level if the device is not already powered on. The hardware starts the  
system supply regulation and battery charging automatically if a USB Charging Port or VAC Charger is  
detected, or if the battery voltage is below VBATMIN_HI and the device is powered off. If the VBUS is  
supplied by the USB standard downstream port and the battery is above VBATMIN_HI or the device is  
powered on, the system supply regulator and battery charger are not started by hardware. The host  
processor must enumerate to the USB host, configure to a certain current level, set the VBUS input  
current limit, and enable the system supply regulator and battery charging.  
If the system voltage drops below VSYSMIN_LO, the device shuts down and sets a fallback bit to indicate  
the fallback situation. A new startup is initiated when the battery is charged above the VBATMIN_HI  
voltage level and after startup, the host processor clears the bit. If the fallback bit is active during the  
shutdown, the system supply regulator and battery charging is disabled. This prevents infinite looping in a  
low/no battery case with a weak charger. The operation is shown in Figure 5-7.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
65  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
VBUS OR VAC  
Plug insertion  
VBUS OR VAC  
Plug insertion  
E_MSK_  
VBATMIN_  
CHECK = ’1'  
(OTP)  
No  
No  
Host processor  
No  
Yes  
No  
USB Charging  
Port detected  
VBAT <  
VBATMINHI  
enumerates to  
USB Host and  
configures  
VAC detected  
Yes  
PMIC in PowerON  
No  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
PMIC in PowerON  
No  
HW sets VBUS input  
current limit to  
CIN_LIMIT (OTP)  
Yes  
HW enables external  
VAC DCDC  
Host prosessor  
sets the VBUS  
input current limit  
and enables  
DCDC  
No  
VSYS >  
VSYSMIN_HI  
HW sets VBUS inpiut  
current limit to  
E_CIN_LIMIT  
Yes  
HW enables DCDC  
Startup  
HW enables/continues  
battery charging  
PowerON  
Host processor  
clears Fallback bit  
when VBAT >  
VBATMIN_HI  
(if needed)  
Termination  
current detected  
by HW  
No  
Yes  
Yes  
VBAT decreases  
below recharge  
threshold  
HW gates battery  
charging  
No  
VSYS <  
VSYSMIN_LO  
No  
Yes  
VBUS removal AND  
DCDC enabled  
VAC removal AND  
VAC DCDC enabled  
Shutdown  
Yes  
Yes  
PMIC in PowerON  
PMIC in PowerON  
Host processor enables  
charging from the  
remaining source or stops  
the charging  
No  
HW sets  
Fallback to ’1'  
Fallback = 1  
Yes  
No  
No  
Yes  
Yes  
VAC present  
No  
VBUS present  
No  
HW disables DCDC  
and battery charging  
VBAT >  
VBATMINHI  
Yes  
No  
HW enables battery  
charging and remaining  
DCDC  
HW disables VAC  
DCDC and battery  
charging  
HW disables DCDC  
and battery charging  
POWER CONTROL  
CHARGER CONTROL  
Figure 5-7. Battery Charging Flowchart (With Power Path, AUTOCHARGE=1)  
66  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
5.9.1.2 Power Path with Software Controlled Charging  
The TPS80032 device starts up for the VBUS or VAC plug insertion as soon as system voltage is above  
the VSYSMIN_HI threshold level if the device is not already powered on. If the device is powered off, the  
hardware sets the correct VBUS input current limit and starts the system supply regulator either from  
VBUS or from VAC and the battery charging using the default values from OTP memory. The default  
charging voltage must be set to the proper battery threshold voltage level to comply with the USB  
standard. When the device is powered on, the host processor takes control over charging.  
If the system voltage drops below VSYSMIN_LO, the device shuts down and sets a fallback bit to indicate  
the fallback situation. A new startup is initiated when the battery is charged above the VBATMIN_HI level  
and the host processor clears the bit. If the fallback bit is active during the shutdown, the system supply  
regulator and battery charging is disabled. This prevents infinite looping in a low/no battery case with a  
weak charger. The operation is shown in Figure 5-8.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
67  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
VBUS OR VAC  
Plug insertion  
VBUS OR VAC  
Plug insertion  
Yes  
Yes  
PMIC in PowerON  
PMIC in PowerON  
No  
No  
VBUS detected  
AND USB  
Charging Port  
detected  
No  
No  
VAC detected  
Yes  
No  
VSYS >  
VSYSMIN_HI  
Yes  
HW sets VBUS input  
Yes  
current limit to  
E_CIN_LIMIT  
HW sets VBUS input  
current limit to  
CIN_LIMIT (OTP)  
HW enables external  
VAC DCDC  
Startup  
HW enables DCDC  
and battery charging  
HW enables battery  
charging  
PowerON  
SW controlled charging  
- Clears Fallback bit when VBAT >  
VBATMIN_HI (if needed)  
- Enumerates and configures to USB  
host if needed  
SW controlled  
charging  
- Checks interrupts  
- Monitors battery temperature  
- Updates watchdog  
VBUS removal AND  
charging from VBUS  
enabled  
VAC removal AND  
charging from VAC  
enabled  
- Monitors USB suspend  
- Selects priority between chargers  
- Updates charging parameters  
No  
Yes  
Yes  
VSYS <  
VSYSMIN_LO  
PMIC in PowerON  
PMIC in PowerON  
Yes  
Host processor enables  
charging from the  
remaining source or stops  
the charging  
Yes  
No  
No  
No  
Shutdown  
VBAT >  
VSYSMINHI  
Yes  
Yes  
VAC present  
No  
VBUS present  
No  
No  
HW sets  
Fallback to ’1'  
Fallback = 1  
Yes  
HW enables battery  
charging and remaining  
DCDC  
HW disables VAC  
DCDC and battery  
charging  
HW disables DCDC  
and battery charging  
HW disables DCDC  
and battery charging  
CHARGER CONTROL  
POWER CONTROL  
Figure 5-8. Battery Charging Flowchart (With Power Path, AUTOCHARGE=0)  
68  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
5.9.1.3 Non-Power Path with Hardware Controlled Charging  
The TPS80032 device starts up for the VBUS or VAC plug insertion as soon as battery voltage is above  
the VSYSMIN_HI threshold level if the device is not already powered on. The hardware starts the battery  
charging automatically if USB Charging Port or VAC Charger is detected, or if the battery voltage is below  
VBATMIN_HI and the device is powered off. If the VBUS is supplied by the USB standard downstream  
port and the battery voltage is above VBATMIN_HI or the device is powered on, the battery charger is not  
started by hardware. The host processor must enumerate to the USB host, configure to a certain current  
level, set the VBUS input current limit, and enable the battery charging.  
If the battery voltage drops below VSYSMIN_LO, the device shuts down and sets a fallback bit to indicate  
about the fallback situation. A new startup is initiated when the battery is charged above the VSYSMIN_HI  
threshold level and after startup the host processor clears the bit. If the fallback bit is active during  
shutdown, the battery charging is disabled. This prevents infinite looping in low/no battery case with weak  
charger. The operation is shown in Figure 5-9.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
69  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
VBUS OR VAC  
Plug insertion  
VBUS OR VAC  
Plug insertion  
E_MSK_  
VBATMIN_  
CHECK = ’1'  
(OTP)  
No  
VBUS detected  
AND USB  
Charging Port  
detected  
No  
No  
No  
VBAT >  
VBATMINHI  
Yes  
VAC detected  
Yes  
PMIC in PowerON  
No  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
PMIC in PowerON  
Yes  
HW sets VBUS input  
current limit to  
CIN_LIMIT (OTP)  
HW enables battery  
charging from VAC  
HW sets VBUS input  
current limit to  
No  
VBAT >  
VSYSMIN_HI  
E_CIN_LIMIT  
Host processor  
HW enables battery  
charging from VBUS  
enumerates to  
USB Host and  
configures  
Yes  
Startup  
HW continues battery  
charging  
Host prosessor  
sets the VBUS  
input current limit  
and enables  
PowerON  
battery charging  
from VBUS  
Termination  
current detected  
by HW  
No  
Host processor  
clears Fallback bit  
(if it is ’1')  
Yes  
Yes  
VBAT decreases  
below recharge  
threshold  
HW gates battery  
charging  
No  
VBAT <  
VSYSMIN_LO  
No  
Yes  
VBUS removal AND  
charging from VBUS  
enabled  
VAC removal AND  
charging from VAC  
enabled  
Shutdown  
Yes  
Yes  
PMIC in PowerON  
PMIC in PowerON  
No  
HW sets  
Fallback to ’1'  
Host processor enables  
charging from the  
remaining source or stops  
the charging  
Fallback = 1  
Yes  
No  
No  
Yes  
Yes  
HW disables battery  
charging  
VBAT >  
VSYSMINHI  
VAC present  
No  
VBUS present  
No  
Yes  
No  
HW enables battery  
charging from the  
remaining source  
HW disables battery  
charging  
HW disables battery  
charging  
POWER CONTROL  
CHARGER CONTROL  
Figure 5-9. Battery Charging Flowchart (Without Power Path, AUTOCHARGE=1)  
70  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
5.9.1.4 Non-Power Path with Software Controlled Charging  
The TPS80032 device starts up for the VBUS or VAC plug insertion as soon as battery voltage is above  
the VSYSMIN_HI threshold level if the device is not already powered on. If the device is powered off, the  
hardware sets the correct VBUS input current limit and starts the battery charging using the default values  
from OTP memory. The default charging voltage need to be set to good battery threshold voltage level in  
order to comply with the USB standard. When the device is powered on, the host processor takes control  
over charging.  
If the battery voltage drops below VSYSMIN_LO, the device shuts down and sets a fallback bit to indicate  
the fallback situation. A new startup is initiated when the battery is charged above the VSYSMIN_HI  
threshold level and the host processor clears the bit. If the fallback bit is active during the shutdown, the  
battery charging is disabled. This prevents infinite looping in a low/no battery case with a weak charger.  
The operation is shown in Figure 5-10.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
71  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
VBUS OR VAC  
Plug insertion  
VBUS OR VAC  
Plug insertion  
Yes  
Yes  
PMIC in PowerON  
PMIC in PowerON  
No  
No  
VBUS detected  
AND USB  
Charging Port  
detected  
No  
No  
VAC detected  
Yes  
No  
VBAT >  
VSYSMIN_HI  
Yes  
HW sets VBUS input  
HW sets VBUS input  
current limit to  
CIN_LIMIT (OTP)  
Yes  
HW enables battery  
charging from VAC  
current limit to  
E_CIN_LIMIT  
Startup  
HW enables battery  
charging from VBUS  
PowerON  
SW controlled charging  
- Clears Fallback bit when (if needed)  
- Enumerates and configures to USB  
host if needed  
SW controlled  
charging  
- Checks interrupts  
- Monitors battery temperature  
- Updates watchdog  
- Monitors USB suspend  
- Selects priority between chargers  
- Updates charging parameters  
VBUS removal AND  
charging from VBUS  
enabled  
VAC removal AND  
charging from VAC  
enabled  
No  
Yes  
Yes  
VBAT <  
VSYSMIN_LO  
PMIC in PowerON  
PMIC in PowerON  
Yes  
Host processor enables  
charging from the  
remaining source or stops  
the charging  
Yes  
No  
No  
No  
Shutdown  
VBAT >  
VSYSMINHI  
Yes  
Yes  
VAC present  
No  
VBUS present  
No  
No  
HW sets  
Fallback to ’1'  
Fallback = 1  
Yes  
HW enables battery  
charging from the  
remaining source  
HW disables battery  
charging  
HW disables battery  
charging  
HW disables battery  
charging  
CHARGER CONTROL  
POWER CONTROL  
Figure 5-10. Battery Charging Flowchart (Without Power Path, AUTOCHARGE=0)  
72  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
5.9.2 System Supply Regulator  
During software-controlled charging, software selects the VBUS input current limit, the VBUS input voltage  
collapse level, and the system supply regulation voltage. The programmable resources are:  
Input limit current set point register CIN_LIMIT[3:0] (maximum current drawn from VBUS charging  
source)  
Input voltage set point register BUCK_VTH[2:0] (VBUS voltage collapsing level)  
System supply voltage set point register  
The system supply regulation voltage can be a fixed voltage or follow the battery voltage allowing the  
linear battery charger to regulate the charging current and voltage (DPPM control mode).  
5.9.3 Battery Charging  
5.9.3.1 Power Path Configuration  
When the Power Path configuration is used, the battery charging consists of two different regulators, the  
system supply regulator generating the system supply (VSYS) from the USB VBUS voltage and a linear  
battery charging loop regulating the battery node (VBAT) from the system supply (VSYS) using an  
external PMOS transistor. During the preconditioning phase, an integrated current source is used for  
battery charging. The use of the dedicated loop for battery charging allows monitoring of the battery  
current and voltage independently and minimizes the power dissipation thanks to the low-ohmic external  
transistor.  
The TPS80032 device includes five analog loops that influence the system supply regulator's output  
current:  
System voltage regulation loop, maintaining the system voltage (VSYS) at constant level (VSYS_PC)  
during preconditioning and precharging and at (VBAT+DLIN[1:0]) level during full-charge phase and  
end-of-charge phase.  
VBUS voltage anticollapse loop sensing the VBUS voltage and preventing the VBUS voltage from  
dropping below the programmed level (BUCK_VTH[2:0]).  
VBUS input current loop sensing the input current and limiting it below the programmed level  
(CIN_LIMIT[5:0]).  
Thermal regulation loop sensing the DCDC temperature and limiting it below thermal shutdown level.  
Cycle-by-cycle current monitoring loop sensing the current in high-side switch and limiting it below  
cycle-by-cycle limit (BUCK_HSLIMI).  
The dedicated battery charging control includes three loops that influence the battery charging current:  
Constant current (CC) loop sensing the battery current and limiting it below charging current level  
(VICHRG[3:0]).  
Constant voltage (CV) loop sensing the battery voltage and limiting it below charging voltage level  
(VOREG[5:0]).  
DPPM loop monitoring the voltage between system voltage and battery voltage and limiting the voltage  
to threshold level (DLIN[1:0]/2) by decreasing the charging current.  
Figure 5-11 shows the control loops for the system supply regulation and for the battery charging.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
73  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
VBUS  
CbC  
CIN_LIMIT  
BUCK_VTH  
L11  
PWM  
Control  
VSYS  
C39  
TJ  
125ºC  
VSYS_PC  
DLIN  
Supplement Mode  
S1  
Gate  
Control  
VBAT  
DLIN/2  
VOREG  
R2  
VICHRG  
Figure 5-11. System Supply Regulator and Battery Charging Control Loops  
CAUTION  
Resistor R2 is used for charging current control in Power Path configuration and must  
be placed even if Gas Gauge is not used.  
In addition, a battery current is monitored and if the termination current level (VITERM[2:0]) is detected an  
interrupt is generated and battery charging is stopped according to the selected operation.  
The battery charging profile consists of three phases:  
Preconditioning  
Precharging  
Full-charge phase  
74  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
NOTE  
The DLIN[1:0] voltage level must be selected so that the voltage is higher than the maximum  
dropout on the switch (maximum charging current multiplied by the maximum resistance of  
the switch).  
Figure 5-12 shows a charging profile and the different parameters programmed in OTP memory and  
software programmable parameters for charging with Power Path. The charging current is usually limited  
by the VBUS input current loop when charging from the standard downstream port because the limit is set  
to 100 or 500 mA. If the charging source cannot provide the current the charger is drawing, the VBUS  
voltage decreases. The VBUS anticollapse loop senses the VBUS voltage and decreases the current so  
that the voltage does not fall below the programmed voltage level (see Section 5.9.4).  
VBAT, VSYS  
50-200mV, 50mV steps  
(OTP and SW)  
DLIN  
3.5-4.76V, 20mV steps  
(OTP and SW)  
VOREG  
VBAT_FULLCHRG  
VBAT_SHORT  
System Voltage  
3.6/3.8V  
(OTP and SW)  
VBATMIN_HI  
2.65-3.35V, 0.1V steps  
(OTP and SW)  
Tracking mode  
Battery  
Voltage  
2.1/2.45/2.8V  
(OTP)  
CC-charging  
CV-charging  
IBAT  
0.1-1.5A  
(OTP and SW)  
VICHRG  
Battery  
Current  
0.1/0.2/0.3/0.4A  
(OTP and SW)  
Termination current  
50mA-400mA,  
50mA steps  
VICHRG_PC  
VTERM  
30mA  
(OTP and SW)  
Pre-Conditioning  
Pre-Charge  
Full-Charge  
Charging stopped  
System supplied  
from charger  
Figure 5-12. Battery Charging Profile with Power Path (Resistor R2 = 20 mΩ)  
5.9.3.2 Non-Power Path Configuration  
When the non-Power Path configuration is used, the battery charging is controlled by switched-mode  
regulator from the USB VBUS voltage.  
The TPS80032 device includes six analog loops that influence the output current:  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
75  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
VBUS voltage anticollapse loop sensing the VBUS voltage and preventing the VBUS voltage from  
dropping below the programmed level (BUCK_VTH[2:0]).  
VBUS input current loop sensing the input current and limiting it below the programmed level  
(CIN_LIMIT[5:0]).  
Constant voltage (CV) loop sensing the battery voltage and limiting it below charging voltage level  
(VOREG[5:0]).  
Constant current (CC) loop sensing the battery current and limiting it below charging current level  
(VICHRG[3:0]).  
Cycle-by-cycle current monitoring loop sensing the current in high-side switch and limiting it below  
cycle-by-cycle limit (BUCK_HSLIMI).  
Thermal regulation loop sensing the DCDC temperature and limiting it below thermal shutdown level.  
Figure 5-13 shows the control loops for the battery charging.  
VBUS  
CbC  
CIN_LIMIT  
BUCK_VTH  
L11  
PWM  
Control  
C39  
TJ  
125ºC  
VOREG  
R9  
VBAT  
VICHRG  
Figure 5-13. Battery Charging Control Loops.  
In addition, a battery current is monitored and if the termination current level (VITERM[2:0]) is detected an  
interrupt is generated and battery charging is stopped according to the selected operation.  
The battery charging profile consists of three phases:  
Preconditioning  
Precharging  
Full-charge phase  
76  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
Figure 5-14 shows a charging profile and the different parameters programmed in OTP memory and  
software programmable parameters for HW controlled operation (AUTOCHARGE=1) and Figure 5-15  
shows a charging profile and the different parameters programmed in OTP memory and software  
programmable parameters for SW controlled operation (AUTOCHARGE=0). The charging current is  
usually limited by the VBUS input current loop when charging from the standard downstream port because  
the limit is set to 100 or 500 mA. If the charging source cannot provide the current the charger is drawing,  
the VBUS voltage decreases. The VBUS anticollapse loop senses the VBUS voltage and decreases the  
current so that the voltage does not fall below the programmed voltage level (see Section 5.9.4).  
VBAT  
3.5-4.76V, 20mV steps  
VOREG  
(SW)  
2.5-3.8V, 50mV steps  
VSYSMIN_HI  
(OTP)  
Battery  
Voltage  
2.1V  
VBAT_SHORT  
PowerOFF  
PowerON  
Pre-Conditioning  
Pre-Charge  
Full-Charge  
Charging  
Stopped  
IBAT  
0.3-1.5A  
(SW)  
VICHRG  
Battery  
Current  
0.3-0.45A, 50mA steps  
(OTP)  
Termination current  
50mA-400mA,  
50mA steps  
VICHRG_PC  
IBAT_SHORT  
VITERM  
30mA  
(OTP and SW)  
Figure 5-14. Battery Charging Profile Without Power Path (AUTOCHARGE=1, Resistor R9 = 68 mΩ)  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
77  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
VBAT  
3.5-4.76V, 20mV steps  
VOREG  
(SW)  
2.5-3.8V, 50mV steps  
VSYSMIN_HI  
(OTP)  
Battery  
Voltage  
2.1V  
VBAT_SHORT  
PowerOFF  
PowerON  
Pre-Conditioning  
Pre-Charge  
Full-Charge  
Charging  
Stopped  
IBAT  
0.3-1.5A  
(SW)  
VICHRG  
Battery  
Current  
0.3-1.5A  
(OTP)  
Termination current  
50mA-400mA,  
50mA steps  
VICHRG  
VITERM  
30mA  
IBAT_SHORT  
(OTP and SW)  
Figure 5-15. Battery Charging Profile Without Power Path (AUTOCHARGE=0, Resistor R9 = 68 mΩ)  
5.9.3.3 Preconditioning  
During preconditioning, the battery voltage is below the VBAT_SHORT level and the charging current is  
limited to 30 mA (IBAT_SHORT). If the system supply in Power Path configuration decreases during the  
preconditioning phase, the preconditioning current is automatically reduced. In this mode, the charger  
uses a linear charging operation mode. This phase detects a defective (shorted) battery and brings the  
battery voltage to a level acceptable for higher charging current. If the battery is defective (shorted) and  
the battery voltage doesn't increase above VBAT_SHORT level the charger stays in preconditioning  
phase. As soon as the battery voltage is above VBAT_SHORT, a precharging phase is entered  
automatically. In Power Path configuration the VBAT_SHORT level is programmed by OTP memory  
(VBAT_SHORT[1:0] bits).  
5.9.3.4 Precharge Phase  
The precharging phase is used when the battery voltage is between VBAT_SHORT and  
VBAT_FULLCHRG (VSYSMIN_HI without Power Path). If the system supply in Power Path configuration  
decreases during the precharge phase, the precharge current is automatically reduced (DPPM loop).  
During precharging, the charging current is limited to decrease the power dissipation in the external  
PMOS. The precharging current is programmed in OTP memory (VICHRG_PC[1:0] bits).  
The precharge current level is controlled by monitoring the voltage across the sense resistor. The default  
currents are available with resistor R9 = 68 mΩ without Power Path and R2 = 20 mΩ with Power Path.  
78  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
5.9.3.5 Full-Charge Phase  
The full-charge phase starts when the battery voltage is above VBAT_FULLCHRG and the system supply  
is regulated from a charging source (without Power Path, the threshold level is VSYSMIN_HI).  
With Power Path, the transition from a fixed system supply level into a tracking system supply level is  
done when the battery voltage is at the VBATMIN_HI level. The VBATMIN_HI level is the same as  
VSYSMIN_HI level (defined by OTP memory bits, VSYSMIN_HI[5:0]) except that the level is limited to 3.7  
V. This means that if the VSYSMIN_HI is programmed above the 3.7-V level, the transition is done at the  
3.7-V level. VBATMIN_HI is defined in the VBATMIN_HI_THRESHOLD register and the host processor  
can change the level. The threshold is updated with the default value from OTP memory during startup.  
If the system voltage decreases during the full-charge phase, the charging current is automatically  
reduced (DPPM loop) to a value keeping the dropout voltage higher than 50% of the dropout voltage  
setting (programmed with the DLIN[1:0] bits in the CONTROLLER_VSEL_COMP register), to ensure  
proper operation of the charging circuitry.  
The full-charge current level is controlled by monitoring the voltage across the sense resistor. The default  
currents are available with resistor R9 = 68 mΩ without Power Path and R2 = 20 mΩ with Power Path.  
5.9.3.6 Termination Current Detection  
The battery current is monitored during CV-charging and if the termination current level is triggered in the  
Power Path configuration, the battery charging is gated but the system voltage regulation from the VBUS  
input continues. If the battery voltage decreases 120 mV below the charging voltage (VOREG) level, the  
full-charge phase is continued.  
In the non-Power Path configuration the operation during termination current level detection is defined by  
the CHARGE_ONCE and TERM bits. If the CHARGE_ONCE bit is 1, the battery charging is terminated  
when the termination current threshold is triggered. If the CHARGE_ONCE bit is 0 and TERM bit is 1, the  
battery charging is gated when the termination current level is triggered. If the battery voltage decreases  
120 mV below the charging voltage (VOREG) level, the full-charge phase is continued.  
The termination current level is monitored by measuring the voltage across the sense resistor. The default  
currents are available with resistor R9 = 68 mΩ without Power Path and R2 = 20 mΩ with Power Path.  
5.9.4 Anticollapse Loop and Supplement Mode  
There are two different anticollapsing loops; one monitoring the VBUS input and controlling the switched-  
mode regulator and another one with Power Path operation (DPPM) monitoring the VSYS line and  
controlling the linear battery charger loop.  
The anticollapse loop of the VBUS input operates so that the VBUS input voltage is monitored  
continuously and the current of the switched-mode regulator is controlled by an analog loop to maintain  
the defined VBUS input voltage (programmed with the BUCK_VTH[2:0] bits in the  
ANTICOLLAPSE_CTRL1 register). If the VBUS source cannot deliver high enough current and the VBUS  
voltage drops, the VBUS input current is decreased by the analog loop so that the VBUS voltage stays at  
programmed level. If an external PMOS is used to protect the VBUS input against negative voltage, then  
the VBUS voltage at the connector can be slightly different because the anticollapse loop monitors the  
voltage at the PMIC input.  
The anticollapse loop of the linear battery charger (DPPM) monitors the system voltage (VSYS) and  
controls the battery charging current. If battery voltage is below the VBATMIN_HI the threshold, the level  
for the DPPM loop is 3.4 V, whereas if the battery voltage is above VBATMIN_HI, the VSYS voltage  
tracks the VBAT voltage and the DPPM threshold is 50% of the programmed tracking voltage.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
79  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
Figure 5-16 shows an example of DPPM loop and supplement mode operation. The charging current is  
set to 1 A and the VBUS input current limit is 1.5 A. When the system load is small the 1000 mA charging  
current can be generated with around 750 mA VBUS current, thanks to the efficient DCDC converter. If  
the system load is increased to around 900 mA level, the 1500 mA VBUS input current limit is reached  
and the DPPM loop decreases the battery charging current in order to maintain 50% of the programmed  
tracking voltage across the external FET. If the system load is increased further up to around 1900 mA  
level, the battery charging current decreases to 0 mA and the supplement mode is enabled. Increasing the  
system load above 1900 mA level directly affects the battery discharge current level. When the system  
load is decreased the operation is opposite entering from supplement mode into DPPM loop operation and  
finally out from VBUS input current limit mode.  
ISYS  
~2400 mA  
~1900 mA  
~900 mA  
0 mA  
IVBUS  
1500 mA  
~750 mA  
0 mA  
IBAT  
1000 mA  
0 mA  
-500 mA  
VSYS  
3.6 V  
3.55 V  
~3.5 V  
DPPM  
DPPM  
Supplement Mode  
loop  
active  
loop active  
Figure 5-16. Example of DPPM Loop and Supplement Mode Operation (VVBUS = 5 V, VBAT = 3.5 V, 1.5 A  
VBUS Input Current Limit)  
80  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
5.9.5 Battery Temperature Monitoring  
JEITA requirements define the maximum battery charging current and voltage at different temperature  
ranges for Li-Ion batteries. The TPS80032 device supports the JEITA requirements with hardware-based  
temperature measurement gating the battery charging below and above the preset temperature values  
(typically 0°C and 60°C). Between these limits host processor must monitor the battery temperature using  
the integrated general-purpose analog-to-digital converter (GPADC) and setting the charging current and  
voltage accordingly. Figure 5-17 shows the voltage and current limits at different temperatures.  
4.25 V  
0.5C  
current  
#2  
4.15 V  
4.10 V  
1C  
current  
#1  
0°C  
10°C  
45°C 50°C  
60°C  
SWCA105-001  
Figure 5-17. Charging Current and Voltage Limits at Different Temperatures  
Figure 5-17 allows two options for charging between 0°C and 10°C. As shown in the figure, #1 allows  
charging up to 4.10 V with 1C current and #2 allows charging up to 4.25 V with 0.5C current. The term 1C  
defines the charging current related to the battery capacity. For a 1200-mA-h battery 1C corresponds to a  
1.2-A current.  
The battery temperature is measured using an external NTC resistor. The measurement is enabled before  
the charging starts and the temperature is constantly monitored during charging. If the battery temperature  
is outside of the valid range, the charging is gated; if the temperature returns to the valid range, the  
charging continues. In Power Path mode the system supply regulation is continued when the battery  
charging is gated. The gating of the charging can be disabled with an OTP memory bit (EN_BAT_TEMP) if  
needed. The temperature measurement circuitry is enabled if VBUS or an external charger is detected. An  
interrupt (CHRG_CTRL) is always generated when the battery temperature crosses the temperature limits  
in both directions. The interrupt generation can be masked if needed.  
Figure 5-18 shows the battery temperature measurement circuitry.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
81  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
GPADC_VREF  
RATIO_TLO[2:0]  
RATIO_THI[2:0]  
MUX  
MUX  
RX  
GPADC_IN1  
RY  
RNTC  
Figure 5-18. Battery Temperature Measurement  
Because the NTC characteristics are highly nonlinear, it is combined with two resistors allowing  
linearization of its characteristics and making the sensitivity of the system more constant over a wide  
temperature range. The resulting voltage at GPADC_IN1 can be measured using the GPADC and is also  
monitored by two comparators that enable the charge of the battery only when the temperature is within a  
specified window, typically 0°C to 60°C. Resistors RX and RY are used to set the desired temperature  
threshold levels.  
5.9.6 Safety Timer and Charging Watchdog  
The TPS80032 device includes a safety timer, the timing of which depends on the charging control mode  
and the USB Charging Port detection result. During hardware-controlled charging, the period for the USB  
charging port and the USB standard downstream port is approximately 6 minutes; for customer-specific  
chargers, this period is approximately 14 minutes. Longer values can be selected with the OTP memory  
(CHWDT_DEP0 bit), 11 minutes instead of 6 minutes and 29 minutes instead of 14 minutes. Charger  
source dependency on the timer values can be enabled and disabled by OTP memory  
(CHWDT_DEP_DETN bit). If disabled, the timer value is always set as for the USB standard downstream  
port and for the customer-specific charger (longer timer value). During software-controlled charging the  
safety timer is replaced by charging watchdog (SW WDT), host processor can select the watchdog time  
up to 127 seconds. The transition from safety timer to software-controlled watchdog occurs when software  
updates the WDG_RST, WDT[6:0], VICHRG[3:0], VOREG[5:0] bits or CONTROLLER_CTRL1 register.  
The different safety timer and watchdog times are summarized in the EPROM bits Application Note. If the  
AUTOCHARGE mode is selected by OTP memory bit, the fixed 8-hour watchdog (HW WDT) is taken into  
use when the battery voltage is above the VBATMIN_HI level.  
If the safety timer or watchdog expires, the battery charging is gated and interrupt is sent to host  
processor. In Power Path configuration, the system supply regulator still continues to operate when the  
battery charging is gated.  
The operation of the safety timer and watchdog is presented in Figure 5-19.  
82  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
Battery Charging  
started  
Battery Charging  
terminated  
Safety Timer  
Yes  
VBAT <  
VBATMIN_HI  
Safety Timer and  
Watchdog cleared  
4-29 min  
(depends on OTP bits)  
No  
No  
No  
AUTOCHARGE  
= 1  
SW writing*  
Yes  
* Writing into one of the following  
registers:  
Yes  
- CONTROLLER_CTRL1  
- CONTROLLER_WDG  
- VOREG  
Safety Timer Reset  
HW WDT Reset  
- VICHRG  
No  
HW WDT  
SW WDT  
SW writing to  
(VOREG OR VICHRG) OR  
(SW writing to  
Yes  
8 hour  
Watchdog counting  
0...127 s Watchdog  
counting  
CONTROLLER_CTRL1 and then  
to CONTROLLER_WDT)  
No  
Yes  
VBAT <  
VBATMIN_HI  
AUTOCHARGE=1 AND  
(SW write CONTROLLER_WDT) AND  
(SW has not written to  
No  
Yes  
HW WDT Reset  
CONTROLLER_CTRL1)  
Figure 5-19. Safety Timer and Charging Watchdog  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
83  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
5.9.7 Limit Registers  
During the full-charge phase, host processor sets the charging voltage and current. However, the device  
limits the current and voltage to a level that is defined in the limit registers (CHARGERUSB_CTRLLIMIT1  
and CHARGERUSB_CTRLLIMIT2). The limit registers in the device must be written just after the startup.  
Host processor must check the battery type and define the maximum charging current and voltage for the  
battery being used, write the limit values, and lock the limit registers with the LOCK_LIMIT bit, so that  
these cannot be changed when the device is powered on. This ensures that third-party software or a virus  
cannot set a charging current or voltage that is too high. The limit values are reset during power off by the  
NRESPWRON signal and they must be written by host processor during every power up. Figure 5-20  
shows the structure of the limit and programming registers.  
Registers  
Charging voltage  
Charging  
voltage  
Charging current  
Minimum  
Minimum  
Limit registers  
Charging  
current  
LOCK_LIMIT  
Charging voltage  
NRESPWRON  
(NRESWARM)  
Charging current  
Figure 5-20. Charging Current and Voltage Limit Registers  
5.9.8 Battery Presence Detector  
The TPS80032 device supports battery detection. The presence of the battery can be detected with the  
GPADC_IN0 input signal. The interface has two different functions:  
Detect battery removal and presence  
Measure the size of the resistor connected to the GPADC_IN0 line in the battery pack using the  
GPADC  
Battery pack removal is detected by a comparator that monitors GPADC_IN0. The battery pack must have  
a pull-down resistor (RBRI) and the device has a current source (IBRI) in the line. If the battery pack is  
removed, GPADC_IN0 rises above the comparator threshold level, the battery removal is detected, and  
the device sends an indication (BAT interrupt) to the host processor. In addition, battery charging is  
terminated if the battery is not present. Battery removal is detected with a comparator and a current  
source supplied on the VRTC supply domain. This supply scheme allows detection in a dead battery case  
configuration, because the VRTC can be supplied from the VBUS or VAC lines. The battery presence  
detection module is enabled during the charging and during the ACTIVE and SLEEP states.  
Figure 5-21 shows a block diagram of the battery presence detection circuitry.  
84  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
VRTC  
IBRI  
GPADC_IN0  
RBRI  
BatRemoval  
VBRIRef  
SWCS057-014  
Figure 5-21. Battery Presence Detector  
CAUTION  
If the GPADC_IN0 line is not used for battery presence detection in the Power Path  
configuration (POP_APPSCH OTP bit is 1), the capacitance of the VBAT line must be  
below 100 µF. Otherwise a fully discharged battery cannot be detected correctly by the  
battery charging loop.  
5.9.9 Indicator LED Driver  
The device has an indicator LED driver that indicates charging is ongoing during hardware-controlled  
charging. During hardware-controlled charging, the LED driver is enabled only if the charging is ongoing  
and it is turned off if the battery is not charged. The supply for the charging indicator LED driver is  
generated from CHRG_PMID or VAC, depending on the active charging path. The CHRG_PMID pin is  
used instead of the VBUS line so that the LED indicator current is included into the VBUS input current  
limit.  
During power on, host processor can control the indicator LED regardless of the charging with register bits  
(LED_PWM_CTRL1 and LED_PWM_CTRL2). The supply for the LED can be selected as CHRG_PMID,  
VAC, or CHRG_LED_IN. The current level can also be selected and the dimming function can be used.  
Dimming is done with a 128-Hz PWM signal, which has 255 linear steps. The LED output pin has a  
selectable pulldown when the module is disabled; the pulldown is enabled by default.  
The indicator LED driver is also used to indicate if the device cannot power on after a key press  
(PWRON). If the battery voltage is too low for startup, the LED driver gives three 300-ms pulses with a  
300-ms duration between the pulses.  
5.9.10 Supported Charging Sources  
The following chargers are supported with the integrated switched-mode charger from the USB connector:  
Dedicated Charging Port (DCP)  
Charging Downstream Port (CDP)  
Standard Downstream Port (SDP)  
Chinese charger  
To configure the system supply regulator and charger for proper operation mode depending on the  
charging source characteristics, the charging source type must be detected and identified. The detection  
of the charger attached to the USB connector is made inside the device by detecting a voltage greater  
than VINmin on the charger input.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
85  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
To minimize the capacitance of the data lines, the type of the charger connected to the USB connector  
can be identified by the USB PHY and the information of the maximum current drawn from the charging  
source can be transmitted to the device with a dedicated signal (CHRG_DET_N). The TPS80032 device  
enables detection by delivering the LDOUSB supply (selectable by OTP memory bit,  
AUTO_LDOUSB_DIS). The charger detection circuitry must deliver at least a 1.8-V voltage level to the  
CHRG_DET_N input pin, by default a high logic level indicating that a USB charging port is detected. The  
polarity of the charger detection signal can be selected with an OTP memory (DET_N_POL bit). The  
accessory charger adapter (ACA) is identified in the TPS80032 device. A typical connection of the PMIC  
and USB PHY is shown in Figure 5-22.  
VBUS  
PMIC  
ID  
ACA  
detection  
VSYS  
Control  
logic  
Power  
path  
USB  
connector  
VBUS  
VSYS  
VBAT  
Battery  
charger  
LDOUSB  
LDOUSB_OUT  
CHRG_DET_N  
Charger  
detect  
D-  
D+  
USB  
PHY  
Application processor or  
stand-alone USB PHY  
Charger_detection_scheme  
Figure 5-22. Connection for the USB Charging Port Detection  
The device can be interfaced with an ACA (external to the terminal) to support charging from the USB  
Charging Port and USB communication to other USB devices from the USB port. For a description of ACA  
detection, see USB OTG, USB OTG.  
5.9.11 USB Suspend  
The TPS80032 device includes a HZ_MODE bit which is usable, for example during USB suspend  
periods. The benefit of the bit is that it can be used to gate the charging without changing any charging  
parameters. When the suspend period ends, clearing the bit continues the battery charging.  
5.9.12 Support for External Charging IC  
The TPS80032 device can be interfaced with an auxiliary stand-alone charger device to support the  
following use cases:  
Simultaneous battery charging from other than USB connector (different connector) and OTG operating  
mode with USB connector (the integrated switched-mode system supply regulator used as the VBUS  
supply)  
System supply generation and charging from the sources not connected to the USB connector  
86  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
In the Power Path configuration the battery charging is always controlled by the TPS80032 device and the  
external IC only generates the system supply which is needed for the battery charging. In the non-Power  
Path configuration the external IC is used for battery charging. Figure 5-23 shows the connections  
between TPS80032 device, application processor and external charging IC (BQ24159) in Power Path  
configuration.  
Application  
Processor  
VAC  
VAC  
INT  
VAC  
Detector  
+
I2C  
OVV  
Detector  
Iout FB  
VAC  
Detector  
NRESPWRON  
Vsense FB  
Thermal FB  
Thermal  
Prot  
Isense  
CHRG_EXTCHRG_ENZ  
Vsense  
Control  
& WD  
VSYS  
CHRG_EXTCHRG_STATZ  
PMIC  
External IC, e.g.  
BQ24159  
CHRG_VSYS  
CHRG_GATE  
_CTRL  
Battery  
Charger  
CHRG_VBAT  
BATTERY  
PACK  
CGAUGE_RESP  
CGAUGE_RESN  
Gas Gauge  
Figure 5-23. Connection Diagram for External Charging Interface in Power Path Configuration  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
87  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
The external IC is enabled with a 1.8-V CMOS level signal, CHRG_EXTCHRG_ENZ. A low logic level  
indicates that the regulator is enabled. The system supply regulation / battery charging status is indicated  
with the CHRG_EXTCHRG_STATZ signal. An external IC pulls the signal down during operation.  
The integrated USB regulator can be associated with an external VAC regulator. For that reason, the VAC  
wall charger input is connected to the device to define the priorities. These priorities are controlled by  
hardware when the device is powered off (NRESPWRON=0):  
When the VBUS is detected and the VAC is not detected, the USB input is used.  
When the VAC is detected and the VBUS is not detected, the external charging input (VAC) is used.  
When the VBUS and VAC are detected:  
If CHRG_DET_N = 0 and ACA (RID_A, RID_B or RID_C) is not detected (100-mA VBUS input  
current limit), the VAC wall charger is expected to be better (or equivalent) and thus is chosen as  
the default input path.  
If CHRG_DET_N = 1 or ACA (RID_A, RID_B or RID_C) is detected (USB Charging Port detected),  
the USB is expected to be sufficient for system supply generation and charging and thus is chosen  
as the default input path.  
If there is a fault condition on a charger during hardware-controlled operation and the fault condition  
continues for at least 2.5 seconds, the input source is changed for a lower priority input. The change into a  
lower priority input only prevents infinite looping between inputs. If only one charger is attached, the  
regulator is not disabled in a fault condition, and if the fault condition does not disappear; the input is  
terminated when the watchdog expires.  
NOTE  
In the Power Path mode the system voltage level is regulated according to the voltage level  
set in the BQ24159. There is no automatic tracking of the battery voltage like when  
integrated DCDC is used for system supply regulation. The voltage tracking must be done by  
host processor in order to maintain high enough dropout for the external PMOS transistor  
and on the other hand to limit the power dissipation in the PMOS transistor.  
5.9.13 Battery Charger Interrupts  
Figure 5-24 shows the system supply regulator and battery charger interrupt handling structure.  
88  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
INT  
Signal  
HW signal  
REGISTER NAME  
(affected BIT)  
- BIT NAME (R/F) (M)  
M = Maskable  
INT_STS_A  
R = Rising edge sensitive  
F = Falling edge sensitive  
INT_STS_B  
INT_STS_C  
- CHRG_CTRL (M)  
- EXT_CHRG (M)  
- INT_CHRG (M)  
Latched, cleared on writing ’1'  
CONTROLLER_STAT1  
CONTROLLER_STAT1  
(EXT_CHRG)  
- CHRG_EXTCHRG_STAT  
(M)  
-> VAC_FAULT (M)  
-> VAC_EOC (M)  
CHARGERUSB_INT_STATUS  
(INT_CHRG)  
- CURRENT_TERM (M)  
- CHARGERUSB_STAT (M)  
- CHARGERUSB_THMREG (M)  
- CHARGERUSB_FAULT (M)  
- EN_LINCH (R) (M)  
(CHRG_CTRL)  
- LINCH_GATED (R) (M)  
- FAULT_WDG (R) (M)  
- VAC_DET (R/F) (M)  
- VBUS_DET (R/F) (M)  
Live status  
Live status  
Latched, cleared on read  
Real reason must be read  
from external charger  
CONTROLLER_STAT1  
(LINCH_GATED)  
CHARGERUSB_STATUS_INT2  
(CURRENT_TERM)  
(CHRG_CTRL)  
- CURRENT_TERM (R)  
- BAT_REMOVED (R/F) (M)  
- BAT_TEMP_OVRANGE (R/F)  
(M)  
Live status  
Available only with  
Power Path  
Live status  
CHARGERUSB_STATUS_INT2  
(CHARGERUSB_STAT)  
- CHARGE_DONE (R)  
- ANTICOLLAPSE (R)  
LINEAR_CHRG_STS  
(LINCH_GATED)  
- CRYSTAL_OSC_OK  
- END_OF_CHARGE  
- VBATOV  
Available only  
without Power Path  
Live status  
CHARGERUSB_STATUS_INT1  
(CHARGERUSB_THMREG)  
- TMREG (R/F)  
- VSYSOV  
Live status  
Live status  
CHARGERUSB_STATUS_INT1  
(CHARGERUSB_FAULT)  
- NOBAT (R/F)  
- BST_OCP (R/F)  
- TH_SHUTD (R/F)  
- BAT_OVP (R/F)(VSYS voltage w/ PP)  
- POOR_SRC (R/F)  
- SLP_MODE (R/F)  
- VBUS_OVP (R/F)  
Live status  
Figure 5-24. Interrupt Generation Architecture  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
89  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
When the INT interrupt signal is set, host processor must read the reason of the interrupt by reading the  
three interrupt status registers (INT_STS_A, INT_STS_B, and INT_STS_C). The battery charging related  
register bits (CHRG_CTRL, EXT_CHRG, and INT_CHRG) are in the INT_STS_C register. The source of  
the interrupt is  
CHRG_CTRL: The interrupt source is in the charger controller.  
EXT_CHRG: The interrupt source is in external charging IC.  
INT_CHRG: The interrupt source is in the TPS80032 battery charger.  
The CHRG_CTRL indication can be further identified from the CONTROLLER_STAT1 register. This  
register shows the actual status of the different interrupt sources, so if the situation disappears before  
software can read it, software cannot know the real reason for the interrupt.  
The origin of the external charger interrupt must be read from the external charging IC. The  
CHRG_EXTCHRG_STATZ bit shows the actual level of the status signal.  
The source for the INT_CHRG interrupt must be further clarified in the CHARGERUSB_INT_STATUS  
register, which stores the latched information. The bits in the CHARGERUSB_INT_STATUS register are  
cleared by read access.  
As an example, if the battery temperature goes above threshold level the BAT_TEMP_OVRANGE bit in  
CONTROLLER_STAT1 register is high. This sets LINCH_GATED bit in CONTROLLER_STAT1 register to  
high which sets CHRG_CTRL interrupt bit high and sets INT line low. Host processor detects the interrupt  
and reads INT_STS_A, INT_STS_B, INT_STS_C, CONTROLLER_STAT1 and LINEAR_CHRG_STS  
registers and finds the reason for the interrupt.  
5.9.13.1 Sources of the Interrupt  
The interrupt sources are described in the following lists, together with the actions software must take.  
5.9.13.1.1 Charger Controller Interrupts  
The charger controller interrupts are:  
FAULT_WDG: The charging watchdog has expired. Host processor must reset the timer in the  
CONTROLLER_WDG register. In addition, host must initialize the charging and restart it.  
VAC_DET: The VAC detection threshold voltage has been crossed. The VAC charger has been either  
inserted or removed. If the VAC charger is inserted, host processor can initialize and enable the  
charging and select the charging source using the CONTROLLER_CTRL1 register bits. The  
parameters for the VAC charging are programmed in the external IC.  
VBUS_DET: The VBUS detection threshold voltage has been crossed. The USB plug has been either  
inserted, removed, or the VBUS delivery has been started or stopped. If the USB plug is inserted, the  
host processor can initialize and enable the charging and select the charging source using the  
CONTROLLER_CTRL1 register bits.  
BAT_REMOVED: The battery is either removed or inserted. This battery detection is based on the pull-  
down resistor on the GPADC_IN0 line. This feature can be enabled and disabled using the OTP  
memory (EN_BAT_DET bit).  
BAT_TEMP_OVRANGE: The battery temperature has crossed the minimum or maximum temperature  
limit set by the external resistors. The battery charging is gated outside of the valid range automatically  
by hardware. This feature can be enabled and disabled using the OTP memory (EN_BAT_TEMP bit).  
CRYSTAL_OSC_OK: The charger crystal oscillator failed.  
END_OF_CHARGE: The end of charge current is detected from the linear charger loop. The host  
processor can terminate the charging if the battery is full. This function is valid only with Power Path  
(OTP bit POP_APPSCH = 1).  
VBATOV: Battery overvoltage is detected. There is something wrong in the battery charging and it  
should be stopped. This function is valid only with Power Path (OTP bit POP_APPSCH = 1).  
90  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
VSYSOV: System supply overvoltage is detected. There is something wrong or there is transient spike  
in the system supply. The system supply level must be monitored with the ADC, and if it is  
continuously too high, the system suppy regulator must be disabled. This function is valid only with  
Power Path (OTP bit POP_APPSCH = 1).  
5.9.13.1.2 External Charger Interrupt  
The external charger interrupt is:  
EXT_CHRG: Interrupt from the external charger IC. The reason for the interrupt must be read from the  
external charger IC.  
5.9.13.1.3 Internal Charger Interrupts  
The internal charger interrupts are:  
CURRENT_TERM: The current termination level has been detected. The functionality must be  
controlled by host processor using the TERM and CHARGE_ONCE bits in the CHARGERUSB_CTRL1  
and CHARGERUSB_CTRL3 registers. This bit is controlled only when the PMIC is used without Power  
Path (OTP bit POP_APPSCH = 0).  
CHARGE_DONE: The charging termination current level is detected. Host processor can terminate the  
battery charging. This bit is controlled only when the PMIC is used without Power Path (OTP bit  
POP_APPSCH = 0).  
ANTICOLLAPSE: The anticollapse loop limiting the VBUS input voltage drop is active.  
TMREG: The thermal regulation loop of the USB charger is active. The temperature of the IC must be  
monitored and if it becomes too high, some power dissipation must be removed by decreasing the  
charging current or by disabling functions.  
WARNING  
The thermal regulation loop does not work if the CIN_LIMIT[5:0] VBUS input  
current limit is set to unlimited. The thermal regulation loop shares the same  
analog loop as the VBUS input current limit and it is disabled in this situation.  
However, the high temperature detection still operates and it gates the DC-DC  
operation if triggered.  
NOTE  
The thermal regulation loop generates an interrupt when the DC-DC in Power Path mode  
and the battery charger in non-Power Path mode is enabled. The host processor must check  
the TMREG bit to see if the thermal regulation loop is active to identify and clear the false  
interrupt.  
NOBAT: The battery is not detected by the USB charger. This bit is controlled only when the PMIC is  
used without Power Path (OTP bit POP_APPSCH = 0) and the feature is enabled and disabled using  
the OTP bit (EN_BQBAT_DET).  
BST_OCP: The OTG boost supply overcurrent protection is active. There can be a short circuit or an  
excessively high load in the VBUS. The boost regulator must be disabled if the VBUS voltage is not  
increasing.  
TH_SHUTD: The temperature of the USB charger is higher than the threshold level and the battery  
charging is gated. The power dissipation must be decreased by reducing the charging current or by  
disabling some functions.  
BAT_OVP: The battery voltage is higher than the overvoltage threshold, and the charging is gated  
(without Power Path). Something may be wrong in the battery charging and it should be stopped. This  
bit indicates system overvoltage with Power Path.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
91  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
POOR_SRC: The VBUS voltage is between the system supply voltage and the minimum VBUS  
detection voltage. The voltage is too low for battery charging. The charging from VBUS must be  
terminated.  
SLP_MODE: The charger is in a low-power sleep mode. The VBUS voltage is below the sleep-mode  
entry threshold and VBUS is higher than the VBUS detection threshold.  
VBUS_OVP: The VBUS voltage is higher than the overvoltage threshold and the charging is gated.  
The voltage can be monitored with the ADC and if the high voltage situation continues, the charging  
from VBUS must be terminated by host processor.  
EN_LINCH: The linear charging has been enabled by the charger controller. This bit is controlled only  
when the PMIC is used with Power Path (OTP bit POP_APPSCH = 1).  
5.10 USB OTG  
The device embeds all hardware analog mechanisms associated to VBUS and ID lines. The other aspects  
of the OTG system, such as the OTG controller (hardware/software) or the USB data line (DP/DM) with  
HNP and SRP signaling, are embedded in the USB PHY, which can be either integrated into the  
application processor or there is stand-alone USB OTG PHY.  
The device supports the Battery Charging Specification Revision 1.2 and it includes hardware required for  
both OTG 1.3 and OTG 2.0 standards.  
92  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
The device supports the following functions.  
FUNCTION/FEATURE  
REGISTER/REGISTER  
BIT  
OTG  
Rev.  
MODE/STATE  
ACTIVE  
SUPPLIES  
NEEDED  
SRP – Pulsing method  
VBUS charge on VSYS  
VBUS_CHRG_VSYS  
VBUS_CHRG_PMID  
VBUS_DISCHRG  
OTG 1.3  
OTG 1.3  
OTG 1.3  
OTG 2.0  
OTG 2.0  
OTG 2.0  
VRTC  
VSYS  
SRP – Pulsing method  
VBUS charge on PMID  
ACTIVE  
VRTC  
CHRG_PMID  
SRP – Pulsing method  
VBUS discharge  
ACTIVE  
VRTC  
ADP – Probing  
VBUS charge  
VBUS_IADP_SRC,  
VADP_PRB  
ACTIVE  
VRTC  
VANA  
ADP – Probing  
VBUS discharge  
VBUS_IADP_SINK,  
VADP_PRB  
ACTIVE  
VRTC  
ADP – Sensing  
VADP_SNS  
SLEEP  
VRTC  
ACTIVE  
VBUS detection  
VA_VBUS_VLD,  
VA_SESS_VLD,  
VB_SESS_VLD,  
VB_SESS_END,  
VOTG_SESS_VLD  
OTG 1.3  
OTG 2.0  
SLEEP  
ACTIVE  
VRTC  
VANA  
VBUS wake-up detection Always enabled if VBUS  
or VAC is present  
PRECHARGE/OFF  
SLEEP/ACTIVE  
VRTC  
VBUS GPADC  
measurement  
VBUS_MEAS  
ID_PU_220K  
ID_PU_100K  
ACTIVE  
ACTIVE  
ACTIVE  
ACTIVE  
VRTC  
VANA  
ID 220-kΩ pullup on  
LDOUSB  
VRTC  
LDOUSB  
ID 100-kΩ pullup on  
VRTC  
LDOUSB  
LDOUSB  
ID ground drive  
ID_GND_DRV  
ID_SRC_16U  
VRTC  
ID 16-µA source current  
BC 1.2  
PRECHARGE  
VRTC  
SLEEP/ACTIVE  
LDOUSB  
ID 5-µA source current  
ID detection  
ID_SRC_5U  
ACTIVE  
VRTC  
LDOUSB  
ID_GND, ID_A, ID_B,  
ID_C, ID_FLOAT  
BC 1.2  
OTG 1.3  
OTG 2.0  
PRECHARGE  
SLEEP/ACTIVE  
VRTC  
LDOUSB  
ID wake-up detection  
ID_WK_UP_COMP  
OFF  
VRTC  
SLEEP/ACTIVE  
ID GPADC measurement ID_MEAS  
ACTIVE  
VRTC  
VANA  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
93  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
NOTE  
Both VBUS and ID wake-up comparators can generate a start event when the device is  
in WAIT-ON state. The VBUS wake-up is enabled always, the ID wake-up enable is  
configurable and disabled by default (ID_WK_UP_COMP bit in BACKUP_REG register).  
Those comparators can also make the device leave the SLEEP state and enter the  
ACTIVE state. An interrupt is sent to the host processor if they are not masked.  
In PRECHARGE state, the VBUS wake-up comparator, the LDOUSB regulator, the ID  
comparators, and the 16-µA current source are enabled automatically. The ACA  
detection result increases the VBUS input current limit in case USB Charging Port is  
detected.  
The OTG_REV bit (in BACKUP_REG register) unlocks the respective VBUS detection  
features and associated electrical parameters specific to each OTG revision 1.3 and  
revision 2.0 (see the VBUS_ACT_COMP bit).  
All TPS80032 OTG registers are unlocked and operate either with a read/write (R/W)  
access or a read/set/clear (R/S/C) process.  
VBUS_ACT_COMP (USB_VBUS_CTRL_SET/USB_VBUS_CTRL_CLR) is the only R/W  
register bit that relies on the OTG_REV OTP bit value. This bit enables the needed  
VBUS comparators, reducing the power consumption of the OTG VBUS analog section.  
Therefore, all deactivated comparators have their corresponding source and latch  
registers fixed at 0.  
For some of the analog electrical parameters that are not backward-compatible between  
OTG revision 1.3 and OTG revision 2.0 but also are not manageable through the  
OTG_REV preselection bit, it is assumed throughout this section that the OTG revision  
2.0 characteristic limits supersede the OTG revision 1.3 electrical limits and, thus, OTG  
2.0 is the reference.  
OTG revision 1.3 devices have just emerged on the electronic market and should be  
outnumbered shortly by OTG revision 2.0 devices.  
In addition, the USB-IF consortium suggests a fast-forward transition to OTG revision 2.0  
to solve current incompatibilities and limitations between OTG revision 1.3 devices.  
All electrical parametric deviations from OTG revision 1.3 are explicitly highlighted  
through this section.  
The full list of nonbackward-compatible electrical parameters is available on the USB-IF  
website in the developer forum section.  
There are two types of VBUS and ID comparators, referred to throughout this section as wake-up  
(normally used in TPS80032 SLEEP state) and active comparators (generally activated in TPS80032  
ACTIVE state). Those comparators are not exclusively working in respective TPS80032 SLEEP, and  
ACTIVE states, but can also pretend to additional usages’ conditions. Indeed, the wake-up comparators  
are targeting low power consumptions, whereas the active comparators are intended for accurate level  
detections:  
The wake-up comparators are working in TPS80032 PRECHARGE, WAIT-ON, SLEEP, and ACTIVE  
states. Those comparators can wake up the device from SLEEP state but can also switch on the  
device from WAIT-ON state. VBUS wake-up comparator can also start the precharge, provided that all  
other precharging conditions are met.  
The active comparators work in TPS80032 SLEEP and ACTIVE states. When working in the SLEEP  
state, all required power and clock resources should remain active. ID active comparators, used for  
ACA detections, are automatically enabled in PRECHARGE state; VBUS active comparators remain  
off.  
94  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
5.10.1 ID Line  
The USB Battery Charging Specification describes the operation of the ACA. The RID_A, RID_B, and  
RID_C resistors are related only to the different ACA operations, whereas the grounded and floating IDs  
(ROTG_A, ROTG_B = RID_FLOAT) are related to the connections of the USB OTG standard plugs (See  
"Battery Charging Specification, Revision 1.2"). When either of the RID_A, RID_B, or RID_C resistance is  
in place, the VBUS is delivered by the ACA. This allows the device to wake up from VBUS or ID. The host  
can then enable the ID active comparators by writing ID_ACT_COMP bit (in USB_ID_CTRL_SET register)  
to correctly identify the different RID values. In addition, an interrupt is generated if the resistance on the  
ID ball is changing.  
During hardware-controlled charging, the TPS80032 device monitors if an ACA is connected and sets the  
corresponding VBUS input current limit.  
The following pullup and pulldown resistors and current sources can be connected to the ID line:  
ID_PU_220K bit enables an ID 220-kΩ pullup to the LDOUSB supply.  
ID_PU_100K bit enables an ID 100-kΩ pullup to the LDOUSB supply.  
ID_GND_DRV bit enables an ID 10-kΩ pulldown.  
ID_SRC_16U bit enables an ID 16-µA current source on the LDOUSB supply.  
ID_SRC_5U bit enables an ID 5-µA current source on the LDOUSB supply.  
ID_WK_UP_COMP enables an ID 9-µA current source (IID_WK_SRC) on the VRTC supply.  
The ID wake-up comparator is used when the TPS80032 device is in the WAIT-ON or SLEEP state. It  
allows start up of the TPS80032 device when a USB cable A-plug is attached (A-plug has a pulldown  
resistor, ROTG_A, to ground on the ID line).  
Four comparators, supplied on the LDOUSB regulator, are implemented to evaluate the proper external ID  
resistor. Additional logic between those comparators allows the detection of the five debounced interrupts  
(fixed 30-ms debouncing):  
ID_FLOAT  
ID_A  
ID_B  
ID_C  
ID_GND  
It is possible to use the GPADC to monitor the voltage on the ID line (channel 14). A 6.875-V maximum  
voltage on the ID line corresponds to a 1.25-V maximum dynamic at the input stage of the GPADC  
converter, allowing a 6.0-V maximum measurement.  
Figure 5-25 shows the block diagram of the ID resistance detection and the decoding.Table 5-1 lists the ID  
resistance interrupt decoding.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
95  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
RID_FLOAT  
VID_CMP4  
VID_CMP3  
VID_CMP2  
VID_CMP1  
RID_A  
RID_B  
RID_C  
ID  
RID  
RID_GND  
Figure 5-25. ID Resistance Detection  
Table 5-1. ID Resistance Interrupt Decoding  
ID pin level  
RID Resistance  
Interrupt  
VID < VID_CMP1  
RID < 1 kΩ  
ID_GND  
ID_C  
VID_CMP1 < VID < VID_CMP2  
VID_CMP2 < VID < VID_CMP3  
VID_CMP3 < VID < VID_CMP4  
VID > VID_CMP4  
36 kΩ < RID < 37 kΩ  
67 kΩ < RID < 69 kΩ  
122 kΩ < RID < 126 kΩ  
RID > 220 kΩ  
ID_B  
ID_A  
ID_FLOAT  
5.10.2 VBUS Line  
The VBUS wake-up comparator is used when the TPS80032 device is in the PRECHARGE, WAIT-ON,  
SLEEP, or ACTIVE state. It allows startup of the TPS80032 device when a USB cable plug is attached  
with a VBUS voltage level of 3.6 V minimum being present on the VBUS line.  
The LDOUSB regulator, the ACA comparators and 16-µA current source can be selected to be controlled  
by the VBUS wake-up comparator until the first I2C write access to the LDOUSB resource state register  
(LDOUSB_CFG_STATE) (by setting the AUTO_LDOUSB_DIS OTP bit to 0).  
The following pullup and pulldown resistors and current sinks/sources can be connected to the VBUS line:  
VBUS_CHRG_VBAT bit enables a VBUS 2-kΩ pullup to the VSYS supply.  
VBUS_CHRG_PMID bit enables a VBUS 2-kΩ pullup to the CHRG_PMID supply.  
VBUS_DISCHRG bit enables a VBUS 10-kΩ pulldown.  
VBUS_IADP_SRC bit enables a VBUS 1.4-mA current source on the VANA supply.  
VBUS_IADP_SINK bit enables a VBUS 1.5-mA current sink.  
RA_BUS_IN resistor is fixed and a combination of all parallel resistor bridges implemented on VBUS in  
the various IPs such as backup battery, OTG, and charger.  
RVBUS_LKG represents the TPS80032 device internal leakage.  
96  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
Related to the OTG 1.3 revision, four comparators supplied on the VANA regulator are implemented to  
evaluate the proper voltage level on the VBUS line.  
In the OTG 2.0 revision, only one comparator is required for the session valid detection  
(VOTG_SESS_VLD) supplied also on the VANA domain. Still, the VA_VBUS_VLD comparator can be  
used to detect a possible VBUS short-circuit condition.  
The TPS80032 device embeds the OTG 2.0 optional features related to the VBUS ADP probing and  
sensing, and hence with two additional comparators supplied on VANA (VADP_PRB and VADP_SNS).  
Seven comparators allow the detection of the four OTG 1.3 and the three OTG 2.0 debounced interrupts:  
VA_VBUS_VLD (OTG 1.3/OTG 2.0) – fixed 30-ms debouncing  
VB_SESS_VLD (OTG 1.3) – fixed 30-ms debouncing  
VA_SESS_VLD (OTG 1.3) – fixed 30-ms debouncing  
VB_SESS_END (OTG 1.3) – fixed 30-ms debouncing  
VOTG_SESS_VLD (OTG 2.0) – fixed 30-ms debouncing  
VADP_PRB (OTG 2.0) – fixed 2x 30-µs debouncing  
VADP_SNS (OTG 2.0) – fixed 2x 30-µs debouncing  
It is possible to use the GPADC to monitor the voltage on the VBUS line (channel 10), see GENERAL-  
PURPOSE ADC for more information.  
NOTE  
If the system switches off, the LDOUSB regulator stays on if the VBUS is still connected.  
When the NRESPWRON signal is released, only I2C accesses enable the regulator, if  
not previously enabled by the VBUS wake-up comparator in the PRECHARGE state.  
The LDOUSB regulator is a dual-input supply LDO. The LDOUSB regulator enable is  
independent of the overvoltage condition.  
When  
a VBUS overvoltage condition occurs, the CHRG_PMID input switch is  
automatically opened, protecting the LDOUSB from possible overvoltage stresses.  
When neither the VSYS nor PMID input supply is selected, the LDOUSB regulator  
cannot output  
a proper voltage, even if its control enable is set (see the  
LDOUSB_CFG_TRANS register).  
Host should keep monitoring the VBUS overvoltage condition and turn off the LDOUSB  
regulator when necessary.  
The VBUS detection mechanism works only when the VANA supply is present:  
TPS80032 SLEEP state – VANA should remain active.  
TPS80032 ACTIVE state – VANA is always on.  
For ADP detection, host can use the TPS80032 embedded mechanism or directly use  
the output of the comparators with their associated interrupts.  
There is no source and enable low register bits associated with the ADP interrupt,  
because this ADP interrupt represents the output of the digital ADP module and not the  
output of an analog comparator.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
97  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
5.10.3 ADP on VBUS Line  
The ADP lets the device detect when a remote device is attached or detached with a low power  
consumption. The ADP detects the change in the VBUS capacitance that occurs when two devices are  
attached or detached. The capacitance is detected by first discharging (VBUS_IADP_SINK) the VBUS line  
and then measuring the time it takes for VBUS to charge to a VADP_PRB voltage level with a  
VBUS_IADP_SRC current source. The change in the capacitance is detected by looking for a change in  
the T_ADP_RISE charge time. This procedure is called ADP probing.  
If an A-device is attached to a B-device, and both support ADP features, the A-device performs ADP  
probing and the B-device performs ADP sensing. During ADP sensing, the B-device looks for ADP  
probing activity on the VBUS line. If ADP probing activity is detected, the B-device determines that the A-  
device is still attached.  
As shown in Figure 5-26, the ADP module has timing register bits (T_ADP_HIGH, T_ADP_LOW, and  
T_ADP_RISE), control logic, a current source (VBUS_IADP_SRC), a current sink (VBUS_IADP_SINK),  
and two comparators (VADP_PRB [ADP probing] and VADP_SNS [ADP sensing]).  
VBUS_IADP_SRC  
Upper  
T_ADP_HIGH[7:0]  
limit  
Time interval  
measurement  
VBUS  
Lower  
limit  
T_ADP_LOW[7:0]  
VADP_PRB  
T_ADP_RISE[7:0]  
VBUS_IADP_SINK  
ADP probing and sensing  
ADP interrupt  
control  
VADP_SNS  
32.768-kHz crystal clock  
ADP_MODE[1:0]  
SWCS057-016  
Figure 5-26. Attach Detection Protocol Scheme  
Figure 5-27 shows the ADP timing diagram.  
98  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
VBUS  
voltage  
T_ADP_RISE  
TA_ADP_PRB or TB_ADP_PRB  
VADP_PRB  
VADP_SNS  
VADP_DSCHRG  
Time  
T_ADP_SINK  
SWCS057-017  
Figure 5-27. ADP Timing Diagram  
OPERATION  
ADP_MODE[1:0]  
00  
01  
10  
11  
ADP digital module is disabled.  
ADP sensing mode is enabled.  
ADP probing mode as an A-device is enabled.  
ADP probing mode as a B-device is enabled.  
The limit registers (T_ADP_LOW[7:0] and T_ADP_HIGH[7:0]) and the last measurement time  
(T_ADP_RISE[7:0]) are reset when the digital module is disabled.  
During the ADP sensing mode, the VADP_SNS comparator is used. The digital module monitors the  
comparator output to ensure that it toggles and the time duration between the rising edge of the  
comparator output signal is shorter than T_ADP_SNS. If there is no new rising edge within the  
T_ADP_SNS period, the module generates an ADP interrupt.  
Figure 5-28 shows the ADP sensing timing diagram.  
T_ADP_SNS  
32.768-kHz crystal clock  
ADP interrupt  
ADP_MODE[1:0]  
01  
00  
Comp(VADP_SNS)  
SWCS057-018  
Figure 5-28. ADP Sensing Timing Diagram  
During ADP probing, the VADP_PRB comparator is used. The time interval measurement counter is reset  
and the VBUS_IADP_SINK current sink is turned on for T_ADP_SINK. The T_ADP_SINK time is long  
enough to discharge the VBUS voltage below VADP_DSCHG. There is no comparator to monitor the  
discharge level. After that, the current sink is turned off, the current source VBUS_IADP_SRC is turned  
on, and the time interval measurement counter starts to count 32.768-kHz crystal clock cycles. When the  
VBUS voltage reaches VADP_PRB voltage level the current source is turned off, and the time interval  
measurement counter is stopped. If the VADP_PRB voltage is not reached before counter value is 255,  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
99  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
the counter value is stopped to 255. The current source is disabled when the voltage reaches VADP_PRB  
level or the next current sink period starts. If the measured time interval value is lower than  
T_ADP_LOW[7:0] or higher than T_ADP_HIGH[7:0], an interrupt is generated. The host processor sets  
the limit values so that the operation fulfills the requirements of the OTG 2.0 specification. Figure 5-29  
shows the ADP probing timing diagram.  
>T_ADP_HIGH or  
<T_ADP_LOW  
32.768-kHz crystal clock  
ADP interrupt  
ADP_MODE[1:0]  
00  
10/11  
00 10/11  
T_ADP_SINK  
T_ADP_SINK  
VBUS_IADP_SINK  
VBUS_IADP_SRC  
Comp(VADP_PRB)  
T_ADP_RISE  
T_ADP_RISE  
TA_ADP_PRB or TB_ADP_PRB  
Figure 5-29. ADP Probing Timing Diagram  
5.11 Gas Gauge  
The gas gauge, also called the current gauge, measures the current from the battery or the current into  
the battery. An ADC (Coulomb counter) is required to measure the voltage over the external sense  
resistor, R2. This resistor is connected to the negative side of the battery. The integration period of the  
ADC is programmable from 3.9 to 250 ms with CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] bits (in FG_REG_00 register).  
The gas gauge works continuously, which means that the new measurement starts immediately after the  
previous result becomes available. The accumulated result is calculated by the TPS80032 digital module  
but requires host processor to calculate the battery energy (See ).  
Figure 5-30 shows a block diagram of the gas gauge.  
100  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
Battery  
Li-Ion  
or  
Li-Pol  
Autocalibration switches  
PAD_GGAUGE_RESP  
Digital control  
Accumulator  
DS Coulomb Counter  
13 bits  
Rsense  
Digital filter  
1 bit  
13 bits+Sign  
Integrator  
Sample counter  
Calibration  
Registers  
PAD_GGAUGE_RESN  
Analog  
Digital  
SWCS057-020  
Figure 5-30. Gas Gauge Block Diagram  
5.11.1 Autocalibration  
Autocalibration is enabled by host. During autocalibration, the gas gauge performs eight measurements so  
that the inputs for the ADC are short-circuited. The result indicates the offset error of the gas gauge. The  
result is stored in the CC_OFFSET[9:0] bits and the completion of the measurement procedure is  
indicated with the CC_AUTOCAL interrupt. Software must read the offset error result (CC_OFFSET[9:0]  
bits in FG_REG_08 and FG_REG_09 registers) and use that to compensate the actual measurement  
results. The CC_CAL_EN bit self-clears when the calibration completes. The gas gauge must be enabled  
(FGS bit TOGGLE1 register) before starting the calibration. The temperature variation changes the offset  
error, so the recalibration is preferred during operation.  
5.11.2 Auto-Clear and Pause  
The auto-clear function is used in the sequence of changing from one integration period to another. Before  
changing the integration period, the CC_PAUSE bit must be set to 1. Setting the CC_AUTOCLEAR bit to  
1 clears the CC_OFFSET[9:0], CC_SAMPLE_CNTR[23:0], and CC_ACCUM[31:0] bit fields. The  
CC_AUTOCLEAR bit self-clears when the registers are reset.  
Setting CC_PAUSE to 1 keeps the analog from updating the integrator, accumulator, and sample counter  
registers. The integrator continues to run. If an integration period ends while the CC_PAUSE bit is 1, the  
value that is normally written to these registers is lost and the next integration period starts automatically.  
5.11.3 Dithering  
The FGDITHS bit is set to 1 to enable dithering in the ADC, which keeps idle tones from being generated  
with a DC input value. FGDITHS is not affected by the CC_AUTOCLEAR bit. Use the FGDITHR bit to  
disable the dithering. The dithering feature status is available in the FGDITH_EN bit.  
5.11.4 Operation Guidelines  
In order to start the current gauging the host processor must first set the correct integration period  
(CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] bits), enable the gas gauge (FGS toggle bit), and perform the calibration  
(CC_CAL_EN bit) to get the offset error and use that to make corrections to the measurement results. The  
current gauge enters normal operation automatically when calibration completes. After that, host  
processor can read the sample counter (CC_SAMPLE_CNTR[23:0] bits) and accumulator  
(CC_ACCUM[31:0] bits) results and calculate the energy accordingly.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
101  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
To record the current consumption waveform,the host must use an interrupt (CC_EOC) to detect when the  
integration sample result is ready. The integration register CC_INTEG[13:0] always stores the result of the  
last measurement.  
WARNING  
Anti-aliasing filter (RC-filtering) is not allowed with Charger Power Path  
configuration. The charger senses the battery current using the same resistor as  
Gas Gauge and RC filtering affects the charger loops and may generate stability  
problems.  
5.12 General-Purpose ADC  
The GPADC consists of a 12-bit sigma-delta ADC combined with a 19-input analog multiplexer. The  
GPADC enables the host processor to monitor a variety of analog signals using analog-to-digital  
conversion on the input source. After the conversion completes, an interrupt is generated  
(GPADC_RT_EOC or GPADC_SW_EOC) for the host processor and it can read the result of the  
conversion through the I2C interface.  
The GPADC supports 19 analog inputs: 7 of these inputs are available on external balls and the remaining  
12 are dedicated to internal resource monitoring. Two of the seven external inputs are associated with  
current sources allowing measurements of resistive elements (battery type and temperature or other  
thermal sensor). The reference voltage (GPADC_VREF) is available when the GPADC is enabled.  
GPADC_IN0 is associated with a current source of 7 µA. An additional 15-µA current source can be  
enabled by register bit (GPADC_ISOURCE_EN bit in GPADC_CTRL register). A comparator connected to  
this input is intended to detect the presence or absence of the battery (resistance to ground is less than  
130 kΩ in the battery pack). The removal and insertion of the battery pack generates an interrupt and the  
detection result is also available at the BATREMOVAL ball.  
GPADC_IN1 and GPADC_IN4 are associated with a voltage reference equal to the ADC reference and  
are intended to measure temperature with an NTC sensor. In addition, a detection module is connected to  
GPADC_IN1 to permanently monitor the temperature and gate the charge for the battery.  
GPADC_IN3 is associated with the three selectable current sources and can be used, for example, to  
measure a voltage across an external resistor or diode. The selectable current levels are 10 µA, 400 µA,  
and 800 µA and the current is controlled by a register bits (GPADC_REMSENSE[1:0] bits in  
GPADC_CTRL2 register).  
Figure 5-31 shows the block diagram of the GPADC.  
102  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
7/22µA  
BATREMOVAL  
BAT_DET  
GPADC_IN0  
Logic  
GPADC_VREF  
GPADC_IN1  
Battery Temperature  
Measurement  
GATE CHARGING  
Comparators  
GPADC_IN2  
ADC Voltage reference  
INPUT  
SCALER  
RT CONVERSION  
10/400/800µA  
RT CONVERSION  
RESULT  
12-bit  
Sigma-Delta ADC  
GPADC_IN3  
GPADC_IN4  
SW CONVERSION  
RESULT  
INTERNAL  
CHANNELS  
(12)  
BCI CONVERSION  
RESULT  
GPADC_IN5  
GPADC_IN6  
RT CONV request  
SW CONV request  
BCI CONV request  
INTERRUPT  
ADC Control  
Figure 5-31. Block Diagram of the GPADC  
For all the measurements performed by the monitoring ADC, the means to scale of the signal to be  
measured to the ADC input range are integrated in the TPS80032 device (voltage dividers, current to  
voltage converters, and current source).  
The conversion requests are initiated by the host processor, either by software through the I2C or by  
hardware through a dedicated external ball GPADC_START. This last mode is useful when real-time  
conversion is required. An interrupt signal is generated when the conversion result is ready.  
There are three kinds of conversion requests with the following priority:  
Real-time conversion request (RT)  
Asynchronous conversion request (SW)  
Battery charging module internal conversion request (BCM)  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
103  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
Before starting the measurement, the software can enable channels, scalers, current sources and select  
other parameters:  
GPADC_IN0: Additional current source with the GPADC_ISOURCE_EN bit in the GPADC_CTRL  
register. (Can be enabled only if OTP bit EN_BAT_DET=1)  
GPADC_IN1: Enable channel with the GPADC_TEMP1_EN bit in the GPADC_CTRL register.  
GPADC_IN2: Enable channel with the GPADC_SCALER_EN_CH2 bit in the GPADC_CTRL register.  
GPADC_IN3: Select current source level with the GPADC_REMSENSE [1:0] bits in the  
GPADC_CTRL2 register.  
GPADC_IN4: Enable channel with the GPADC_TEMP2_EN bit in GPADC_CTRL the register.  
GPADC_IN7: Select scaler ratio with the VSYS_SCALER_DIV4 bit in GPADC_CTRL the register.  
GPADC_IN11: Enable channel with the GPADC_SCALER_EN_CH11 bit in GPADC_CTRL the  
register.  
GPADC_IN12: Enable channel with the TMP1_EN_MONITOR bit in GPADC_CTRL the register.  
GPADC_IN13: Enable channel with the TMP2_EN_MONITOR bit in GPADC_CTRL the register.  
GPADC_IN18: Enable channel with the GPADC_SCALER_EN_CH18 bit and select scaler ration with  
the VBAT_SCALER_DIV4 bit in the GPADC_CTRL2 register.  
Polarity of the GPADC_START signal for RT measurement: GPADC_START_POLARITY bit in the  
TOGGLE1 register.  
Sampling window time (16.5 μs / 450 μs): GPADC_SAMP_WINDOW bit in the TOGGLE1 register.  
The 450-μs sampling window is beneficial, for example, when measuring system/battery voltage level  
synchronized with GSM burst. During the 450-μs delay the system/battery voltage settles to a loaded  
situation.  
5.12.1 Real-Time Conversion Request (RT)  
The real-time conversion is requested with the GPADC_START signal. Before requesting the conversion,  
software must enable the required channels, scalers, and current sources. In addition, software must  
enable the GPADC with the GPADCS bit in the TOGGLE1 register and select one or two channels for  
conversion with the RTSELECT_LSB, RTSELECT_ISB, and RTSELECT_MSB register bits. If more than  
two channels are selected for the conversion, the two lowest input numbers are converted. At the end of  
the conversions, the GPADC writes the conversion results into the results register (RTCH0_LSB,  
RTCH0_MSB, RTCH1_LSB, and RTCH1_MSB) and sets the GPADC_RT_EOC interrupt (if interrupt is  
unmasked).  
If a GPADC_START real-time request occurs while a software-initiated conversion or BCM internal  
conversion is running, the ongoing conversion is aborted, the real-time conversion is started, and a new  
software-initiated or BCM internal conversion is rescheduled after the real-time conversion is ready.  
5.12.2 Asynchronous Conversion Request (SW)  
Software can also request a conversion asynchronously with respect to the GPADC_START signal. This  
conversion is not critical in terms of start-of-conversion positioning.  
Software enables the required channels, scalers, current sources, enables the GPADC with GPADCS bit  
in TOGGLE1 register and selects the channel to be converted with GPSELECT_ISB register bits. The  
conversion is requested with SP1 bit in the CTRL_P1 register. When the conversion is ready a  
GPADC_SW_EOC interrupt is generated (if interrupt is unmasked) and the conversion result is available  
in GPCH0_LSB and GPCH0_MSB registers. A GPADC_START-initiated conversion (RT) and BCM  
internal conversion have higher priority than the software-initiated conversion.  
If a software request occurs while a GPADC_START-initiated sequence (RT) or BCM internal conversion  
is running, the software request is placed on hold and the ongoing conversion continues until it completes  
and the converted data is stored. A GPADC_RT_EOC interrupt is then generated and sent to the  
processor in case of RT sequence. The digital control executes the software request when the higher  
priority conversion are completed. A GPADC_SW_EOC interrupt is then generated.  
104  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
5.12.3 BCM Internal Conversion Request  
The GPADC is automatically enabled when an internal BCM request is asserted. When this occurs, the  
GPADC input channel 17 is selected for a conversion. At the end of the conversion, the GPADC result is  
passed internally to the BCM digital control. Interrupt is not generated at the end of the BCM conversion  
request.  
GPADC_START-initiated conversion (RT) has a higher priority than the BCM-initiated conversion.  
The different ADC channels are summarized in the following table.  
Table 5-2. GPADC Input Channels  
INPUT VOLTAGE  
INPUT VOLTAGE  
CHANNEL  
TYPE  
PERFORMANCE  
RANGE(2)  
OPERATION  
FULL RANGE(1)  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
External  
External  
External  
External  
External  
External  
External  
0–1.25 V(3)  
0–1.25 V(3)  
0–1.875 V(3)  
0–1.25 V(3)  
0–1.25 V(3)  
0–1.25 V(3)  
0–1.25 V(3)  
0.01–1.215 V  
0.01–1.215 V  
0.015–1.822 V  
0.01–1.215 V  
0.01–1.215 V  
0.01–1.215 V  
0.01–1.215 V  
Battery type, resistor value  
Battery temperature, NTC resistor value  
Audio accessory/general purpose  
Temperature with external diode/general purpose  
Temperature measurement/general purpose  
General purpose  
General purpose  
0.04–4.86 V or  
0.05–6.075 V  
7
Internal  
0–5 V or 0–6.25 V  
System supply  
8
9
Internal  
Internal  
Internal  
0–6.25 V  
0–11.25 V  
0–27.25 V  
0.05–4.8 V  
2.0–10.0 V  
0.01–6.0 V  
Backup battery  
External charger input  
VBUS  
10  
VBUS DC-DC output current (available only  
without power path, OTP memory bit  
POP_APPSCH = 0, R9 = 68 mΩ)  
11  
Internal  
0–1.875 A  
0.015–1.5 A  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
Internal  
Internal  
Internal  
Internal  
Internal  
0–1.25 V  
0–1.25 V  
0–6.875 V  
0–6.25 V  
0–4.75 V  
0.01–1.215 V  
0.01–1.215 V  
0.055–6.68 V  
0.05–6.075 V  
0.038–4.617 V  
Die temperature  
Die temperature  
USB ID line  
Test network  
Test network  
Battery charging current (with 20-mΩ sense  
resistor) (available only with power path, OTP  
memory bit POP_APPSCH = 1)  
17  
18  
Internal  
Internal  
0–7.8125 A  
0–1.5 A  
0.04–4.86 V or  
0.05–6.075 V  
0–5 V or 0–6.25 V  
Battery voltage  
(1) The minimum and maximum voltage in full range corresponds to typical minimum and maximum output codes (0 and 4095).  
(2) The performance voltage is a range where gain error drift, offset drift, INL and DNL, and specification parameters are ensured.  
(3) The maximum current sourced into the input is 1mA in NO SUPPLY, BACKUP, and WAIT-ON states.  
5.12.4 Calibration  
The GPADC channels are calibrated in the production line using a two point calibration method. The  
channels are measured with two known values (X1 and X2) and the difference (D1 and D2) to the ideal  
values (Y1 and Y2) are stored in OTP memory. The principle of the calibration is shown in Figure 5-32.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
105  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
Measured  
Code  
D2=Y2-X2  
Y2  
Ideal  
Curve  
Measured  
Curve  
Y1  
D1=Y1-X1  
Offset  
Ideal Code  
X1  
X2  
Calibration Points  
Measured Points  
Figure 5-32. ADC Calibration Scheme  
The corrected result can be calculated using the following equations.  
Gain: k = 1 + ((D2 – D1) / (X2 – X1))  
Offset: b = D1 – (k - 1) × X1  
If the measured code is a, the corrected code a' is:  
a' = (a – b) / k  
Some of the GPADC channels can use the same calibration data. Table 5-3 lists the parameters X1 and  
X2, and the register of D1 and D2 needed in the calculation for all the channels.  
Table 5-3. GPADC Calibration Parameters  
CHANNEL  
X1  
X2  
D1(1)  
D2(1)  
COMMENTS  
0, 1, 3, 4,  
5, 6, 12,  
13  
GPADC_TRIM3[4:0] * 4 +  
GPADC_TRIM1[2:1], sign =  
GPADC_TRIM1[0]  
GPADC_TRIM4[5:0] * 4 +  
GPADC_TRIM2[2:1], sign =  
GPADC_TRIM2[0]  
1441  
(0.44 V)  
3276  
(1.0 V)  
Channel 3 trimming is  
used  
GPADC_TRIM3[4:0] * 4 +  
GPADC_TRIM1[2:1], sign =  
GPADC_TRIM1[0]  
GPADC_TRIM4[5:0] * 4 +  
GPADC_TRIM2[2:1], sign =  
GPADC_TRIM2[0]  
1441  
(0.66 V)  
3276  
(1.5 V)  
Channel 3 trimming is  
used  
2
(GPADC_TRIM3[4:0] * 4 +  
GPADC_TRIM1[2:1], sign =  
GPADC_TRIM1[0]) +  
(GPADC_TRIM8[4:3] * 16 +  
GPADC_TRIM7[4:1], sign =  
GPADC_TRIM7[0])  
(GPADC_TRIM4[5:0] * 4 +  
GPADC_TRIM2[2:1], sign =  
GPADC_TRIM2[0]) +  
(GPADC_TRIM10[4:0] * 4 +  
GPADC_TRIM8[2:1], sign =  
GPADC_TRIM8[0])  
1441  
(2.2 V)  
3276  
(5.0 V)  
Channel 3 and channel  
8 trimming is combined  
8
(GPADC_TRIM3[4:0] * 4 +  
GPADC_TRIM1[2:1], sign =  
GPADC_TRIM1[0]) +  
(GPADC_TRIM14[4:3] * 16 +  
GPADC_TRIM12[4:1], sign =  
GPADC_TRIM12[0])  
(GPADC_TRIM4[5:0] * 4 +  
GPADC_TRIM2[2:1], sign =  
GPADC_TRIM2[0]) +  
(GPADC_TRIM16[4:0] * 4 +  
GPADC_TRIM14[2:1], sign =  
GPADC_TRIM14[0])  
1441  
(3.96 V)  
3276  
(9.0 V)  
Channel 3 and channel  
9 trimming is combined  
9
(1) The result is coded so that the LSB defines the sign and the MSBs define the magnitude (not 2's complement).  
106 Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
Table 5-3. GPADC Calibration Parameters (continued)  
CHANNEL  
X1  
X2  
D1(1)  
D2(1)  
COMMENTS  
GPADC_TRIM11[3:0] * 8 +  
GPADC_TRIM9[3:1], sign =  
GPADC_TRIM9[0]  
GPADC_TRIM15[3:0] * 8 +  
GPADC_TRIM13[3:1], sign =  
GPADC_TRIM13[0]  
150  
(1.0 V)  
751  
(5.0 V)  
10  
Dedicated trimming  
GPADC_TRIM3[4:0] * 4 +  
GPADC_TRIM1[2:1], sign =  
GPADC_TRIM1[0]  
GPADC_TRIM4[5:0] * 4 +  
GPADC_TRIM2[2:1], sign =  
GPADC_TRIM2[0]  
1441  
(0.66 A)  
3276  
(1.5 A)  
Channel 3 trimming is  
used  
11  
14  
GPADC_TRIM3[4:0] * 4 +  
GPADC_TRIM1[2:1], sign =  
GPADC_TRIM1[0]  
GPADC_TRIM4[5:0] * 4 +  
GPADC_TRIM2[2:1], sign =  
GPADC_TRIM2[0]  
1441  
(2.42 V)  
3276  
(5.5 V)  
Channel 3 trimming is  
used  
(GPADC_TRIM3[4:0] * 4 +  
GPADC_TRIM1[2:1], sign =  
GPADC_TRIM1[0]) +  
(GPADC_TRIM5[6:1], sign =  
GPADC_TRIM5[0])  
(GPADC_TRIM4[5:0] * 4 +  
GPADC_TRIM2[2:1], sign =  
GPADC_TRIM2[0]) +  
(GPADC_TRIM6[7:1], sign =  
GPADC_TRIM6[0])  
Channel 3 and channel  
18 trimming is  
combined, input voltage  
range is 0–6.25 V  
1441  
(2.2 V)  
3276  
(5.0 V)  
7, 18  
17  
Icharge = (a – GPADC_TRIM20[7:0]) * (1 + GPADC_TRIM21[5:0] / 512) * 1.25 V / 4096 / 8 / R2 ;  
a = measured code, GPADC_TRIM20[7:0] is an unsigned value,  
Dedicated equation  
in GPADC_TRIM21[5:0] the bit 5 is the sign and bits[4:0] are the magnitude  
5.13 Vibrator Driver and PWM Signals  
The LDO3 regulator can be used as a generic voltage supply or as a vibrator motor driver. The output  
voltage level is controlled with the LDO3_CFG_VOLTAGE register and the regulator provides output  
current up to 200 mA.  
The vibrator mode is selected with the SEL_VIB bit in the MISC2 register. The duty cycle and frequency  
are controlled with the DSEL[1:0] and FREQ[1:0] bits in the VIBCTRL and VIBMODE registers. The  
vobrator is started with the VIBS bit and stopped with the VIBC bit in the TOGGLE2 register. The vibrator  
driver allows a soft turn on (500-µs maximum) and turn off (2-ms maximum).  
Figure 5-33 shows a block diagram of the vibrator motor driver.  
LDO_IN  
(from the battery)  
V PWL  
+
VIB_OUT  
SWCS057-021  
Figure 5-33. Block Diagram of Vibrator Motor Driver  
The PWM1 and PWM2 digital outputs provide PWM signals on the 1.8-V I/O domain. The current drive  
capability of both PWM buffer is 4 mA and the outputs can also be active when the system is in the  
SLEEP state.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
107  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
The period of the PWM signals can be selected separately with the PWM1_LENGTH and  
PWM2_LENGTH bits in the PWM1ON and PWM2ON registers. The selection of 128 clock cycles results  
as a 256-Hz PWM signal and the selection of 64 cycles results as 512-Hz PWM signal. Both PWM signals  
have dedicated counters. The counters are started by first enabling the 32768-Hz clock inputs with the  
PWM1EN and PWM2EN bits in the TOGGLE3 register and then setting the PWM1S and PWM2S bits.  
The rising and falling-edge positions are selected with the PWM1ON[6:0], PWM1OFF[6:0], PWM2ON[6:0],  
and PWM2OFF[6:0] bits in the PWM1ON, PWM1OFF, PWM2ON, and PWM2OFF registers as shown in  
Figure 5-34.  
0
1
2
3
4
123  
124  
125  
126  
127  
0
1
2
CLK1  
PWM1S  
PWM1  
PWM1ON = 0x03  
PWM1OFF = 0x7C  
0
1
2
3
4
123  
124  
125  
126  
127  
0
1
2
CLK2  
PWM2S  
PWM2  
PWM2ON = 0x01  
PWM2OFF = 0x7E  
Figure 5-34. PWM Signal Timings (128 Clock Cycles in Period, Clocks Synchronized)  
NOTE  
The clock inputs for generation of PWM signals are enabled with the PWM1EN and  
PWM2EN bits in the TOGGLE3 register. The start and stop of the PWM signal generation is  
controlled with the PWM1S, PWM2S, PWM1C, and PWM2C bits in the TOGGLE3 register.  
To get a clean start and stop, the clock input must be enabled before starting PWM signal  
generation and the PWM signal generation must be stopped before disabling the clock input.  
The CLK1 and CLK2 counters can be synchronized by setting both the PWM1S and PWM2S  
bits high with the same I2C write.  
The PWM signal is constantly high if PWMxON[6:0] is equal to PWMxOFF[6:0].  
The following rules must be fulfilled for the PWMxON and PWMxOFF settings:  
PWMxOFF[6:0] PWMxON[6:0]  
PWMxON[6:0] > 0x00  
5.14 Detection Features  
The TPS80032 device supports the following detection functions:  
Detection of SIM card insertion and extraction with programmable debouncing using SIM pin,  
automatic power shutdown of LDO7 when extraction is detected (configurable)  
Detection of MMC card insertion and extraction with programmable debouncing using MMC pin,  
automatic power shutdown of LDO5 when extraction is detected (configurable)  
Detection of battery presence and removal with GPADC_IN0 input (see Section 5.9.8)  
108  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
The TPS80032 device supports SIM card and MMC card insertion and extraction detections with  
programmable debounce times. The debounce times are programmed with SIMDEBOUNCING and  
MMCDEBOUNCING registers. When the SIM card or MMC card is inserted, a mechanical contact  
connected on the TPS80032 device terminal SIM or MMC is tripped, and after debouncing an interrupt is  
generated. The SIM card and MMC card presence detection logic is active even when the system is in idle  
mode; the debouncing logic (programmable) is based on the 32-kHz clock. When a card insertion is  
detected, the required regulator must be enabled by host processor. When a card is extracted, the LDO7  
for SIM card and LDO5 for MMC card can be selected to turn off automatically. These are controlled by  
SIMCTRL and MMCCTRL registers. An interrupt is generated when a plug or unplug is detected.  
The SIM card or MMC card plug and battery insertion/extraction are detected in SLEEP and ACTIVE  
states. Both card detections and battery detection have dedicated maskable interrupts (MMC, SIM, and  
BAT).  
5.15 Thermal Monitoring  
The TPS80032 device includes several different thermal monitoring functions:  
Thermal protection module in the TPS80032 device, close to SMPSs and LDOs  
Thermal shutdown for system supply regulator inside the TPS80032 device  
Battery temperature monitoring with external NTC resistor (can be used to gate the battery charging)  
Platform temperature monitoring with external NTC resistor  
Platform temperature monitoring with external diode  
A thermal protection module inside the TPS80032 device monitors the temperature of the device. It  
generates a warning to the system when excessive power dissipation occurs and shuts down the  
TPS80032 device if the temperature rises to a value at which damage can occur.  
CAUTION  
The silicon technology used to build the TPS80032 device supports a maximum  
operating temperature of 150°C. Regarding packaging technology,  
operation above 125°C requires special packaging and must be avoided.  
a continuous  
By default, thermal protection is always enabled except in the BACKUP or OFF state.  
The TPS80032 device integrates two HD detection mechanisms to monitor and alert the host that the  
junction temperature is rising and must take action to reduce consumption. Those mechanisms are placed  
on two opposite sides of the chip and closed to the LDOs and SMPSs. Even if there are two identical  
thermal feature instances on the chip, it is always considered through the specification to be unique. In  
addition to those HD detections, there is another HD feature embedded in the system supply regulator.  
This HD is specified in Section 5.9, Battery Charging, and does not behave exactly as described in the  
following section.  
5.15.1 Hot-Die Function  
The HD detector monitors the temperature of the die and provides a warning to the host processor  
through the interrupt (HOT_DIE) when temperature reaches a critical value. The temperature threshold  
value is programmable with the THERM_HD_SEL[1:0] bits in the TMP_CFG register. The threshold has  
typically 10°C hysteresis to avoid the generation of multiple interrupts.  
When an interrupt is triggered by the power-management software, immediate action to reduce the  
amount of power drawn from the TPS80032 device must be taken (for example, noncritical applications  
must be closed).  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
109  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
5.15.2 Thermal Shutdown  
The thermal shutdown detector monitors the temperature on the die. If the junction reaches a temperature  
at which damage can occur, a switch-off transition is initiated and a thermal shutdown event is written into  
a status register.  
To avoid interrupts at restart, the system cannot be restarted until the die temperature falls below the HD  
threshold.  
The thermal shutdown monitor function is integrated to generate an immediate, unconditional TPS80032  
device switch off when an overtemperature condition exists. This function must be distinguished with the  
early warning provided to host processor by the HD monitor function.  
In the TPS80032 device, the threshold (TJ rising) of the thermal shutdown is 148°C nominal. The thermal  
shutdown hysteresis is 10°C in typical conditions. The reset generation is debounced. The thermal  
shutdown function can be masked only in the SLEEP state (the TMP_CFG_TRANS register) and in test  
mode.  
5.15.3 Temperature Monitoring with External NTC Resistor or Diode  
The GPADC_IN1 and GPADC_IN4 channels can be used to measure a temperature with an external NTC  
resistor. External pullup and pulldown resistors can be connected to the input to linearize the  
characteristics of the NTC resistor. GPADC_IN1 can be used to gate the battery charging at invalid  
temperatures. The temperature limits are set by external resistors.  
GPADC_IN3 can be used to measure the temperature with external diode. The input channel has three  
selectable current sources.  
5.16 I2C Interface  
A general-purpose serial control interface (CTL-I2C) allows read-and-write access to the configuration  
registers of all resources of the system.  
A second serial control interface (DVS-I2C) is dedicated to dynamic voltage scaling (DVS).  
Both control interfaces comply with the HS-I2C specification and support the following features:  
Mode: Slave only (receiver and transmitter)  
Speed  
Standard mode (100 kbps)  
Fast mode (400 kbps)  
High-speed mode (3.4 Mbps)  
Addressing: 7-bit mode addressing device  
The following features are not supported:  
10-bit addressing  
General call  
5.17 Secure Registers  
Certain registers of the TPS80032 device can be protected by restricting their access in write mode to  
software running in the secure mode. Read access to protected registers is always possible. Secure  
access is enabled or disabled by the MSECURE control signal.  
The following components or actions can be protected:  
All RTC registers  
64 bits of general-purpose memory (8 × 8) in the VALIDITY backup domain  
The read accesses are independent to the MSECURE value.  
110  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
When MSECURE is logical level 1, all read and write accesses are authorized; when MSECURE is logical  
level 0, only read accesses are authorized.  
The MSECURE detection security feature is enabled and disabled by an OTP bit.  
5.18 Access Protocol  
For compatibility purpose, the I2C interface of the TPS80032 device uses the same read/write protocol  
based on an internal register size of 8 bits as do other TI power ICs. Supported transactions are described  
in the following sections.  
5.18.1 Single-Byte Access  
A write access is initiated by a first byte including the address of the device (7 most-significat bits [MSBs])  
and a write command (least-significant bit [LSB]), a second byte provided the address (8 bits) of the  
internal register, and the third byte represents the data to be written in the internal register.  
Figure 5-35 shows a write access single-byte timing diagram.  
DAD: Device address  
S
T
A
R
T
D
A
D
6
D
A
D
5
D
D
D
D
D
W
A
C
K
R
R
R
R
R
R
A
D
2
R
A
D
1
R
A
A
D
D
A
T
6
D D  
A
D
A
T
3
D
A
T
2
D
A
T
1
D
A
T
0
A
C
K
S
T
O
P
A
A
A
A
A
R
I
A
A
A
A
A
C
A
T
A
RAD: Register address  
DAT: Data  
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
K
T
T
4
4
3
2
1
0
T
E
7
6
5
4
3
0
7
5
SCL  
SDA  
Master drives SDA  
Slave drives SDA  
SWCS057-022  
Figure 5-35. I2C Write Access Single Byte  
A read access is initiated by:  
A first byte, including the address of the device (7 MSBs) and a write command (LSB)  
A second byte, providing the address (8 bits) of the internal register  
A third byte, including again the device address (7 MSBs) and the read command (LSB)  
The device replies by sending a fourth byte representing the content of the internal register.  
Figure 5-36 shows a read access single-byte timing diagram.  
S
T
A
R
T
D
A
D
6
D
A
D
5
D
A
D
4
D
A
D
3
D
A
D
2
D
A
D
1
D
A
D
0
W
R
I
A
C
K
R
A
D
7
R
A
D
6
R
A
D
5
R
A
D
4
R
A
D
3
R
A
D
2
R
A
D
1
R
A
D
0
A
C
K
S
T
A
R
T
D
A
D
6
D
A
D
5
D
A
D
4
D
A
D
3
D
A
D
2
D
A
D
1
D
A
D
0
R
E
A
D
A
C
K
D
A
T
7
D
A
T
6
D
A
T
5
D
A
T
4
D
A
T
3
D
A
T
2
D
A
T
1
D
A
T
0
A
C
K
S
T
O
P
T
E
SCL  
SDA  
SWCS057-023  
Figure 5-36. I2C Read Access Single Byte  
5.18.2 Multiple-Byte Access to Several Adjacent Registers  
A write access is initiated by:  
A first byte, including the address of the device (7 MSBs) and a write command (LSB)  
A second byte, providing the base address (8 bits) of the internal registers  
The following N bytes represent the data to be written in the internal register, starting at the base address  
and incremented by 1 at each data byte.  
Figure 5-37 shows a write access multiple-byte timing diagram.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
111  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
S
T
A
R
T
D
A
D
6
D
A
D
5
D
A
D
4
D
A
D
3
D
A
D
2
D
A
D
1
D
A
D
0
W
R
I
A
C
K
R
A
D
7
R
A
D
6
R
A
D
5
R
A
D
4
R
A
D
3
R
A
D
2
R
A
D
1
R
A
D
0
A
C
K
D
A
T
7
D
A
T
6
D
A
T
5
D
A
T
4
D
A
T
3
D
A
T
2
D
A
T
1
D
A
T
0
A
C
K
D
A
T
7
D
A
T
6
D
A
T
5
D
A
T
4
D
A
T
3
D
A
T
2
D
A
T
1
D
A
T
0
A
C
K
S
T
O
P
T
E
SCL  
SDA  
SWCS057-024  
Figure 5-37. I2C Write Access Multiple Bytes  
A read access is initiated by:  
A first byte, including the address of the device (7 MSBs) and a write command (LSB)  
A second byte, providing the base address (8 bits) of the internal register  
A third byte, including again the device address (7 MSBs) and the read command (LSB)  
The device replies by sending a fourth byte representing the content of the internal registers, starting at  
the base address and next consecutive ones.  
Figure 5-38 shows a read acces multiple-byte timing diagram.  
S
T
A
R
T
D
A
D
6
D
A
D
5
D
A
D
4
D
A
D
3
D
A
D
2
D
A
D
1
D
A
D
0
W
R
I
A
C
K
R
A
D
7
R
A
D
6
R
A
D
5
R
A
D
4
R
A
D
3
R
A
D
2
R
A
D
1
R
A
D
0
A
C
K
S
T
A
R
T
D
A
D
6
D
A
D
5
D
A
D
4
D
A
D
3
D
A
D
2
D
A
D
1
D
A
D
0
R
E
A
D
A
C
K
D
A
T
7
D
A
T
6
D
A
T
5
D
A
T
4
D
A
T
3
D
A
T
2
D
A
T
1
D
A
T
0
A
C
K
D
A
T
7
D
A
T
6
D
A
T
5
D
A
T
4
D
A
T
3
D
A
T
2
D
A
T
1
D
A
T
0
A
C
K
S
T
O
P
T
E
SCL  
SDA  
SWCS057-025  
Figure 5-38. I2C Read Access Multiple Bytes  
5.19 Interrupts  
The INT signal (active low) indicates the host processor of events occurring on the TPS80032 device. The  
host processor then reads the interrupt status registers (INT_STS_A, INT_STS_B, and INT_STS_C)  
through I2C to identify the interrupt source. Each interrupt source can be individually masked through the  
interrupt mask registers. If the source is masked with mask line register (INT_MSK_LINE_A, B, C) then  
the INT signal is not generated for host processor but the interrupt status register (INT_STS_A, B, C) is  
set in case of source event. If the source is masked with mask status register (INT_MSK_STS_A, B, C)  
then the INT signal is not generated and the status register is not set in case of source event. The block  
diagram of the interrupt handler is shown in Figure 5-39.  
112  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
 
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
INT_MSK_STS_A  
INT_STS_A  
INT_MSK_LINE_A  
Shadow  
Register  
INT  
OR  
Clear on Write  
Clear on Write  
Clear on Write  
INT_A lines  
INT_B lines  
INT_C lines  
Figure 5-39. Block Diagram of Interrupt Handler  
In order to clear the status registers and the interrupt signal, a write in any of the status registers  
(INT_STS_A, B, or C) must be done. Each write has the same effect (interrupt line goes high and all  
status registers are cleared). This requires that the three status registers must be read before  
acknowledging the interrupt to avoid losing any interrupt sources.  
If additional interrupt or interrupts occur while the status registers and interrupt line are not cleared, the  
status registers are not updated immediately. Instead, the interrupts are held pending in a shadow  
registers. When the previous interrupt(s) are cleared, the interrupt line goes high and the content of the  
shadow registers is moved to status registers. If there are new unmasked events the interrupt signal is set  
to low again.  
If the unmasked source event occurs when the INT signal is high, the interrupt status bit is set without  
using the shadow register.  
NOTE  
An interrupt associated with a function must be masked before enabling or disabling the  
feature; otherwise, it might generate a false interrupt directly linked to the state change of  
the source and not related to a detection event (for example, a SYS_VLOW interrupt with  
the VSYSMIN_HI comparator).  
INT is always active low.  
When a interrupt occurs:  
Software should first read all status registers INT_STS_A, INT_STS_B, and  
INT_STS_C.  
Execute the subroutines related to the read interrupts.  
Clear the interrupt signal and interrupt status of all status registers.  
#
REG BIT  
SECTION  
INTERRUPT  
PWRON  
Description  
00  
A
0
PM  
PWRON detection: Power-on button pressed and released. Detection  
performed on falling and rising edges. Interrupt sent in the SLEEP or  
ACTIVE state only, not in WAIT-ON.  
01  
02  
A
A
1
2
PM  
PM  
RPWRON  
RPWRON detection: Remote power on signal change. Interrupt sent in  
the SLEEP or ACTIVE state only, not in WAIT-ON.  
VSYS_VLOW  
System voltage low: System voltage decreasing and crossing  
VSYSMIN_HI  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Detailed Description  
113  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
03  
04  
A
A
3
4
RTC  
RTC  
RTC_ALARM  
RTC_PERIOD  
RTC alarm event: Occurs at programmed determinate date and time  
RTC periodic event: Occurs at programmed regular period of time  
(every second or minute)  
05  
06  
A
A
5
6
Thermal monitoring HOT_DIE  
and shutdown  
At least one of the two embedded thermal monitoring modules detects  
a die temperature above the HD detection threshold.  
SMPS/LDO  
VXXX_SHORT  
At least one of the following power resources has its output shorted:  
SMPS1, SMPS2, SMPS3, SMPS4, SMPS5, VANA, LDO1, LDO2,  
LDO3, LDO4, LDO5, LDO6, LDO7, LDOLN, LDOUSB  
07  
08  
09  
10  
11  
12  
A
B
B
B
B
B
7
0
1
2
3
4
PM  
SPDURATION  
WATCHDOG  
BAT  
PWRON short press duration  
Warning of primary watchdog expiration  
Battery detection plug/unplug  
SIM card plug/unplug  
PM  
Detection  
Detection  
Detection  
GPADC  
SIM  
MMC  
MMC card plug/unplug  
GPADC_RT_EOC  
End of conversion: Completion of a real-time conversion cycle; result  
available  
13  
14  
B
B
5
6
GPADC  
GPADC_SW_EOC  
CC_EOC  
End of conversion: Completion of a software (SW) conversion cycle;  
result available  
Gas gauge  
End of conversion: Completion of gas gauge measurement (end of  
integration period); result available  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Gas gauge  
OTG  
CC_AUTOCAL  
ID_WKUP  
VBUS_WKUP  
ID  
Calibration procedure finished and the result is available in the register.  
ID wake-up event (from WAIT-ON/SLEEP states)  
VBUS wake-up event (from WAIT-ON/SLEEP states)  
ID event detection in SLEEP/ACTIVE states  
VBUS event detection in SLEEP/ACTIVE states  
Charger controller  
OTG  
OTG  
OTG  
VBUS  
Charger  
Charger  
Charger  
CHRG_CTRL  
EXT_CHRG  
INT_CHRG  
External charger fault  
Internal USB charger fault  
Reserved  
114  
Detailed Description  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
6 Recommended External Components  
Table 6-1. Recommended External Components  
SIZE  
(mm)  
(2)  
REF  
COMPONENT(1)  
PCS  
#
MANUFACTURER  
PART NUMBER  
VALUE  
PACK(3)  
Input Power Supplies External Components  
C1, C2  
VDD tank capacitor(4)  
Backup capacitor  
2
1
1
1
Murata  
GRM188R60J106ME84  
XH414H-IV01E  
10 µF, 6V3  
0.08 F  
0603  
0402  
1.6 x 0.8 x 0.8  
ø4.8, 1.4  
C3  
1
1
Seiko Instruments  
Murata  
C44  
Capacitor (optional)  
GRM155R60J475M  
4.7 µF  
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5  
Crystal Oscillator External Components  
X1  
Crystal  
1
2
3
1
1
Microcrystal  
Epson  
CC7V-T1A  
32.768 kHz  
32.768 kHz  
32.768 kHz  
2.2 µF, 6V3  
12 pF, 6V3  
3.2 x 1.5 x 0.9  
3.2 x 1.5 x 0.8  
3.2 x 1.5 x 0.8  
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5  
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5  
1
FC135  
NDK  
NX3215SA  
C4  
Supply decoupling  
Crystal decoupling  
1
2
Murata  
Murata  
GRM155R60J225ME15  
GRM1555C1H220JZ01  
0402  
0402  
C5, C6  
Bandgap External Components  
R1  
C7  
Bias resistor  
Capacitor  
1
1
1
1
Multicomp  
Murata  
MC0.0625W, 1%  
510 kΩ  
0402  
0402  
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5  
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5  
GRM155R61C104KA88  
100 nF, 6V3  
Gas Gauge and Charger External Components  
R2  
Resistor  
1
2
Panasonic  
ERJ3BWFR020V  
ERJ8BWFR020V  
20 mΩ, 0.25W, 1%  
20 mΩ, 0.5W, 1%  
0603  
1206  
1.6 x 0.8 x 0.45  
3.2 x 1.6 x 0.65  
1
Panasonic  
GPADC External Components  
NCL15WB473F03RC  
R3, (R4)  
NTC resistor (optional)  
Bias resistor (optional)  
2
4
2
1
1
1
Murata  
47 kΩ  
0402  
0402  
0402  
1 x 0.5 x 0.5  
1 x 0.5 x 0.5  
1 x 0.5 x 0.5  
R5, R6, (R7,  
R8)  
The resistor values depends on the required temperature levels  
C42, (C43)  
Capacitor (optional)  
Murata  
GRM155R61C104K  
SMPS External Components  
100 nF, 6V3  
C8...C12  
C13  
Input capacitor  
5
1
1
1
Murata  
GRM155R60J475M  
4.7 µF  
22 µF  
0402  
0603  
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5  
1.6 x 0.8 x 0.8  
Output capacitor  
Murata  
GRM188R60G226MEA0  
GRM188R60G226MEA0  
Output capacitor, up to 5  
A
Murata (2 in parallel)  
2
4
1
22 µF  
2x 0603  
2 pcs 1.6 x 0.8 x 0.8  
C14...C17  
L6, L7, L8  
Output capacitor  
Inductor, 1.1 A  
1
1
2
3
1
Murata  
GRM188R60J106ME84L  
LQM2MPN1R0NG0  
MDT2520-CN1R0M  
MLP2520S1R0M  
XFL4020-102ME  
10 µF  
0603  
0806  
1008  
1008  
1.6 x 0.8 x 0.8  
2.0 x 1.6 x 0.9  
2.5 x 2.0 x 1.2  
2.5 x 2.0 x 1.0  
4.0 x 4.0 x 2.1  
Murata  
1 µH (1.4 A)  
1 µH (1.35 A)  
1 µH (1.5 A)  
1 µH (5.4 A)  
3
TOKO  
TDK  
L9  
Inductor, up to 5.0 A  
COILCRAFT  
TOKO (2 in parallel)  
DFE322512C  
1 µH (3.1 A), 2 in  
parallel (5 A)  
2
2x 1210  
2 pcs 3.2 x 2.5 x 1.2  
1
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
1
TOKO  
TOKO  
TDK  
DFE322512C  
1 µH (3.1 A)  
1 µH (3.0 A)  
1 µH (2.8 A)  
1 µH (1.8 A)  
1 µH (3.1 A)  
1 µH (3.0 A)  
0.68 µH (2.0 A)  
0.47 µH (3.7 A)  
1210  
1008  
3.2 x 2.5 x 1.2  
2.5 x 2.0 x 1.2  
3.2 x 3.0 x 1.2  
3.2 x 2.5 x 1.0  
3.2 x 2.5 x 1.2  
2.5 x 2.0 x 1.2  
2.0 x 2.0 x 1.0  
3.2 x 2.5 x 1.2  
DFE252012C  
SPM3012T-1R0M  
LQM32PN1R0MG0  
DFE322512C  
L10  
Inductor, up to 2.5 A  
Inductor (Option 2)  
Murata  
TOKO  
TOKO  
Coilcraft  
TOKO  
1210  
1210  
1008  
0808  
1210  
1
DFE252012C  
EPL2010-681MLB  
DFE322512C  
LDO External Components  
C18...C22  
C23...C33  
Input capacitor  
5
1
1
TDK  
TDK  
C1005X5R0J225M  
C1005X5R0J225M  
2.2 µF, 6V3  
2.2 µF, 6V3  
0402  
0402  
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5  
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5  
Output capacitor  
11  
Charger External Components  
L11  
Inductor  
1
2
3
FDK  
MIPS2520D1R0  
CKP25201R0M-T  
DFE252012C  
1 µH (1.2 A)  
1 µH (1.4 A)  
1 µH (3.0 A)  
2520  
2520  
1008  
2.5 x 2.0 x 1.0  
2.5 x 2.0 x 1.0  
2.5 x 2.0 x 1.2  
1
Taiyoyuden  
TOKO  
(1) Component minimum and maximum tolerance values are provided in the electrical parameters section for each IP.  
(2) The # column refers to the first (1), second (2), and third (3) source suppliers, for which the IPs are either simulated or characterized.  
(3) The PACK column describes the external component package type.  
(4) The VDD tank capacitors filter the VSYS/VDD input voltage of the LDO and SMPS core architectures.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Recommended External Components  
115  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
 
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
Table 6-1. Recommended External Components (continued)  
S1  
PMOS battery switch  
(with power path)  
Texas Instruments (C45 = 4.7 nF CSD25201W15  
needed)  
1
33 mΩ (VGS = -4.5 V)  
1.5 x 1.5 x 0.62  
2
3
4
5
1
Vishay (C45 not needed)  
Vishay (C45 = 4.7 nF needed)  
Vishay (C45 = 4.7 nF needed)  
Rohm (C45 = 15 nF needed)  
Murata  
Si8417DB  
21 mΩ (VGS = -4.5 V)  
22 mΩ (VGS = -4.5 V)  
21 mΩ (VGS = -4.5 V)  
16 mΩ (VGS = -4.5 V)  
4.7 nF, 10 V  
2.4 x 2.0 x 0.65  
2.4 x 2.0 x 0.65  
2.05 x 2.05 x 0.6  
3.0 x 2.8 x 0.8  
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5  
1
Si8407DB  
SiA429DJT  
RQ1A060ZP  
C45  
R9  
Gate capacitor (with  
power path, see S1  
comments)  
GRM155R61A472KA01D  
GRM155R71C153KA01D  
0402  
0402  
1
Murata  
2
15 nF, 10 V  
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5  
Sense resistor (shorted  
with power path)  
Panasonic  
ERJ3BWFR068V  
1
1
1
1
1
1
68 mΩ, 0.25 W  
2.2 µF, 10 V  
100 nF, 16 V  
0603  
0603  
0402  
1.6 x 0.8 x 0.8  
1.6 x 0.8 x 0.8  
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5  
C34  
C35  
CHRG_VREF capacitor  
Murata  
Murata  
GRM188R61A225KE34D  
GRM155R61C104K  
VAC decoupling  
capacitor  
C36  
C37  
C38  
VBUS decoupling  
1
1
1
1
Murata  
Murata  
Murata  
GRM219R61C475KE15  
GRM219R61C475KE15  
GRM155R61C104K  
4.7 µF, 16 V  
4.7 µF, 16 V  
0805  
0805  
2.0 x 1.25 x 0.85  
2.0 x 1.25 x 0.85  
CHRG_PMID capacitor  
CHRG_CSIN capacitor  
(not placed with power  
path)  
1
1
100 nF, 6V3  
0402  
1 x 0.5 x 0.5  
C39  
C41  
C40  
S2  
CHRG_CSOUT cap1  
CHRG_CSOUT cap2  
CHRG_SW capacitor  
1
1
1
1
1
1
Murata  
Murata  
Murata  
Vishay  
GRM188R60J106ME84L  
GRM155R61A105KE15D  
GRM155R61C104K  
Si8417DB  
10 µF, 6V3  
1 µF, 6V3  
0603  
0402  
0402  
1.6 x 0.8 x 0.8  
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5  
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5  
100 nF, 16 V  
PMOS switch for  
negative voiltage  
protection  
1
1
22 mΩ  
2.4 x 2.0 x 0.65  
R10  
D1  
Pull-down resistor  
LED  
1
1
1
1
100 kΩ  
0402  
0402  
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5  
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.35  
Everlight  
16S-216UTD/S559/TR8  
2 mA  
116  
Recommended External Components  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
7 Device and Documentation Support  
7.1 Device Support  
7.1.1 Development Support  
TI offers an extensive line of development tools, including tools to evaluate the performance of the  
processors, generate code, develop algorithm implementations, and fully integrate and debug software  
and hardware modules. The tool's support documentation is electronically available within the Code  
Composer Studio™ Integrated Development Environment (IDE).  
The following products support development of the TPS80032 device applications:  
Software Development Tools: Code Composer Studio Integrated Development Environment (IDE):  
including Editor C/C++/Assembly Code Generation, and Debug plus additional development tools  
Scalable, Real-Time Foundation Software (DSP/BIOS™), which provides the basic run-time target  
software needed to support any TPS80032 device applications.  
Hardware Development Tools: Extended Development System ( XDS™) Emulator  
7.1.2 Device Nomenclature  
To designate the stages in the product development cycle, TI assigns prefixes to the part numbers of all  
microprocessors (MPUs) and support tools. Each device has one of three prefixes: X, P, or null (no prefix)  
(for example, TPS80032). Texas Instruments recommends two of three possible prefix designators for its  
support tools: TMDX and TMDS. These prefixes represent evolutionary stages of product development  
from engineering prototypes (TMDX) through fully qualified production devices and tools (TMDS).  
Production devices and TMDS development-support tools have been characterized fully, and the quality  
and reliability of the device have been demonstrated fully. TI's standard warranty applies.  
Predictions show that prototype devices (X or P) have a greater failure rate than the standard production  
devices. Texas Instruments recommends that these devices not be used in any production system  
because their expected end-use failure rate still is undefined. Only qualified production devices are to be  
used.  
TI device nomenclature also includes a suffix with the device family name. This suffix indicates the  
package type (for example, YFF) and the temperature range (for example, blank is the default commercial  
temperature range).  
For orderable part numbers of TPS80032 devices in the YFF package types, see the Package Option  
Addendum of this document, the TI website (www.ti.com), or contact your TI sales representative.  
7.2 Community Resources  
The following links connect to TI community resources. Linked contents are provided "AS IS" by the  
respective contributors. They do not constitute TI specifications and do not necessarily reflect TI's views;  
see TI's Terms of Use.  
TI E2E™ Online Community TI's Engineer-to-Engineer (E2E) Community. Created to foster  
collaboration among engineers. At e2e.ti.com, you can ask questions, share knowledge,  
explore ideas and help solve problems with fellow engineers.  
TI Embedded Processors Wiki Texas Instruments Embedded Processors Wiki. Established to help  
developers get started with Embedded Processors from Texas Instruments and to foster  
innovation and growth of general knowledge about the hardware and software surrounding  
these devices.  
7.3 Trademarks  
Code Composer Studio, XDS, E2E are trademarks of Texas Instruments.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Device and Documentation Support  
117  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
7.4 Electrostatic Discharge Caution  
This integrated circuit can be damaged by ESD. Texas Instruments recommends that all integrated circuits be handled with  
appropriate precautions. Failure to observe proper handling and installation procedures can cause damage.  
ESD damage can range from subtle performance degradation to complete device failure. Precision integrated circuits may be more  
susceptible to damage because very small parametric changes could cause the device not to meet its published specifications.  
7.5 Export Control Notice  
Recipient agrees to not knowingly export or re-export, directly or indirectly, any product or technical data  
(as defined by the U.S., EU, and other Export Administration Regulations) including software, or any  
controlled product restricted by other applicable national regulations, received from disclosing party under  
nondisclosure obligations (if any), or any direct product of such technology, to any destination to which  
such export or re-export is restricted or prohibited by U.S. or other applicable laws, without obtaining prior  
authorization from U.S. Department of Commerce and other competent Government authorities to the  
extent required by those laws.  
7.6 Glossary  
SLYZ022 TI Glossary.  
This glossary lists and explains terms, acronyms, and definitions.  
7.7 Additional Acronyms  
Additional acronyms used in this data sheet are described below.  
TERM  
ADC  
IC  
DEFINITION  
Analog-to-Digital Converter  
Integrated Circuit  
I2C/I2C  
LDO  
LSB  
Inter-IC Control Bus  
Low Dropout Voltage Regulator  
Least-Significant Bit  
Most-Significant Bit  
MSB  
PFM  
PWM  
RTC  
Pulse Frequency Modulation  
Pulse Width Modulation  
Real-Time Clock  
7.8 Detailed Revision History  
VERSION  
DATE  
03/2010  
06/2011  
NOTES  
(1)  
*
See  
See  
.
.
(2)  
A
(1) SWCS059, TPS80032 Data Manual: Initial release  
(2) SWCS059A: Update  
Table 4-10, Boost mode for VBUS voltage generation: IBO1 and IBLIMIT updated.  
Long Key Press (PWRON), OTP memory bit to generate startup after shutdown.  
Table Table 6-1, S2, R10, and C40 updated.  
PCB Placement and Routing Guidelines chapter removed, there will be a separate Application Note.  
updated.  
Section 5.19, second paragraph updated.  
Section 5.4.1 updated.  
Section 5.7.2, last paragraph updated.  
Section 5.9 updated.  
USB ID resistance detection figure added, Figure 5-25.  
USB ID resistance detection table added, Table 5-1.  
Caution added to short-circuit protection chapter, Section 5.7.1.  
Major updates in Battery Charging chapter Section 5.9.  
Updated .  
Recommended SMPS External Components updated, Table 6-1.  
LDOUSB 3.3 V output voltage levels updated, Table 4-4.  
GPADC INL error for GPADC_IN14 added, Section 4.5.13.  
GPADC channel scaler changed to input voltage range, Section 5.12.3.  
Thermal characteristics updated, Section 8.1.  
118  
Device and Documentation Support  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
VERSION  
DATE  
09/2011  
11/2011  
NOTES  
(3)  
B
C
See  
See  
.
.
(4)  
(3) SWCS059B: Update  
Update : CHRG_CSOUT connection when not used.  
Update Section 1.1: Battery voltage range from 2.5 to 5.5 V.  
Typo corrected Section 4.5.1: TLDR for SMPS2 and SMPS5 swapped.  
Typo corrected Section 4.5.1: IQ for SMPS2 and SMPS5 swapped.  
Update Section 5.9: Example of external charger changed to BQ24159.  
Update Section 4.5.11: Several parameters added into Pullup and Pulldown Resistors chapter.  
Update Section 4.5.1: IQ for SMPS1 added.  
Update Section 4.5.1: VINP, VINF, and MinDOV clarified.  
Update Section 4.5.13: Offset from +/–9 LSB to +/–36 LSB.  
Update Table 5-2: Nonsaturated input voltage range added.  
Update Section 5.10.3 and Figure 5-29: VBUS_IADP_SRC operation during ADP probing.  
Update Section 5.9.13.1.3: Warning about thermal regulation loop operation added.  
Update Section 5.7.2.2: Inductor value for optimized operation.  
Update Table 6-1: C13 and L9 updated.  
Update Section 5.7.2: Numerous parameters updated.  
Update Figure 4-1: SMPS1 efficiency curve updated.  
Update Table 5-2: Table notes added and VBUS and VAC range updated.  
Update Table 4-15: Channel 11 offset from +/–20 to +/–36 LSB.  
Update Table 4-4: LDO's minimum PSRR updated.  
Update : CTLI2C_SCL, CTLI2C_SDA, DVSI2C_SCL, and DVSI2C_SDA pull-up resistor range changed (new value is 1.46 k to 7.4  
k).  
Update Section 5.7.2.5: 3-A and 5-A mode clarified for SMPS1.  
Update : Ordering information updated.  
Update Section 4.5.16: Condition for WAIT-ON current clarified.  
Update Table 4-10: Boost mode quiescent current updated to 5 mA.  
Update Section 5.9.4: VBUS anticollapse sensing point clarified.  
Update Table 4-1: Additional points for SMPS2 dropout voltage added.  
Update Figure 4-3.  
(4) SWCS059C: Update  
Update Section 5.19: The interrupts chapter clarified and figure added.  
Update Section 5.12: The block diagram, calibration and software guidelines added.  
Update Section 5.13: The operation is clarified and the software guidelines are added.  
Update Section 5.2, DVS Software Commands, Boot Pins, Section 5.4.1, Section 5.4.2, PWRON, RPWRON, Section 5.5,  
Section 5.8, Section 5.10, Section 5.10.1, Section 5.11: Register names added.  
Update Section 5.4.4: Chapter updated.  
Update Table 4-10: Parameters of analog thermal regulation loop updated.  
Update Section 5.9.13.1.3: CURRENT_TERM, CHARGE_DONE, NO_BAT and EN_LINCH dependency of Power Path usage is  
clarifier.  
Update Table 4-10: VOVP_ VSYS updated.  
Update Table 4-1: SMPS2 rated current increased to 2.5 A. ILIMIT, MinDOV, RV, DCLDR, TDCOV updated.  
Update Section 5.14: Description clarified, names of the registers and bits added.  
Update Section 5.15: Description clarified, names of the registers and bits added.  
Update : Ordering information updated.  
Update Section 5.9: Major updates in the chapter.  
Update Section 5.5: Regulator short circuit detection added to stopping event.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Device and Documentation Support  
119  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
www.ti.com  
VERSION  
DATE  
NOTES  
(5)  
D
E
F
12/2011  
02/2012  
04/2012  
See  
See  
See  
.
.
.
(6)  
(7)  
(5) SWCS059D: Update  
Update Section 8.1: MSL Peak Temp added.  
Update Table 5-2: Performance range of CH11 and CH17 updated.  
Update Tablenote: Note updated for the result's coding.  
Update Table 4-1: SMPS1 turn off time with 44 F output capacitance, SMPS1 on ground current and SMPS2 DCLDR updated.  
Update Figure 5-12: Min. VICHRG level changed from 0.3 A to 0.1 A and VSYSMIN_HI replaced by VBATMIN_HI.  
Update Section 5.6: Note about system voltage level and regulator's dropout requirements added.  
Update Tablenote, Section 5.9.3.4, Section 5.9.3.5, Section 5.9.3.6: Battery charging and termination current depends on sense  
resistor Rsense or RSNS  
.
Update Section 5.9.3.6: Termination current described.  
Update Section 5.9.13.1.3: Note for TMREG bit added.  
Update Section 5.4.2: The HOLD_WDG_INSLEEP register bit described.  
Update Table 4-1: SMPS overshoot changed from max. 10% to max. 100 mV, SMPS1's (3-A mode) DCLDR updated.  
Update Section 4.5.13: GPADC_VREF output current capability and source resistance specified.  
Update Section 4.5.2: LDO1's PSRR updated.  
Update Section 4.5.8: System supply regulator's DMAX specified.  
Update Section 5.9.12: Priority between VBUS and VAC clarified.  
Update Table 5-3: Equation for channel 17 added.  
Update Figure 1-1, Table 6-1: Capacitor C45 added.  
Update : Pullup and pulldown resistors clarified; fixed, programmable, default.  
Update Section 5.9.3.1: Note added.  
Update Table 4-10: IIN_LIMIT max increased to 2250 mA.  
Update Table 4-1: RV measured with 20-MHz LPF.  
Update Section 5.1: Alarm and Timer interrupts clarified.  
Update : Ordering information updated.  
Update Section 5.9.4: Operation clarified and figure added.  
(6) SWCS059E: Update  
Update Table 4-10: (System Supply Regulator, PWM) MOSFET on-resistances updated.  
Update Table 4-10: CBOOT value updated from 10nF to 100nF.  
Update Table 5-3: X1 and X2 values updated for channel 10.  
Update Table 4-15: GPADC_IN3 current source values updated.  
Update Table 5-2: Input voltage performance range updated for channel 8.  
Update Table 4-10: Output voltage for full charge mode, typo corrected (VBAT instead of VSYS).  
Update Table 4-13: External ID resistances added.  
Update Figure 5-29: Figure updated.  
Update Section 5.3: Major updates in the chapter.  
Update Section 5.4: Some updates in the chapter.  
Update Table 4-11: Threshold error and comparator offset updated for Battery Temperature Measurement.  
Update Table 4-15: Offset, gain error, INL, GPADC_IN0 current levels updated.  
Update Table 4-2: Switching frequency updated.  
Update Table 4-11: A range of ΔLIN updated.  
Update Section 5.9.12: Figure added, description clarified.  
Update Section 5.9.3.1: Figure added, description clarified.  
Update Figure 5-24: Figure updated.  
Update Figure 5-22: Figure added.  
Update: Boot sequence figure removed.  
Update: Chapter "Group and Subsystem Groups Power States" removed.  
Update Section 5.3.7.3: Shutdown generation added.  
(7) SWCS059F: Update  
Update Table 4-4, Section 5.7.3.2: VBRTC electrical parameters added and control clarified.  
Update (): Note for 100 nF capacitor requirement with over 20 kΩ source impedance added.  
Update and .  
Update Table 4-15: GPADC_VREF output impedance spec removed. GPADC_IN0 current source spec updated.  
Update Figure 5-7, Figure 5-8, Figure 5-9, Figure 5-10: Text clarified in the flowcharts.  
Update : RSNS and Rsense replaced by R2 and R9 for clarification.  
Update Section 5.9.6: Description added that system supply regulator operates after watchdog or safety timer expires.  
Update Section 5.9.3.1: Caution about resistor R2 usage added.  
Update Table 4-11: VBAT_FULLCHRG parameters added.  
Update Table 4-17: VSYSMIN_HI and VSYSMIN_LO thresholds added.  
Update Section 4.5.8: VBUS and VAC detection thresholds updated.  
120  
Device and Documentation Support  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
TPS80032  
www.ti.com  
SWCS059I MARCH 2011REVISED NOVEMBER 2014  
VERSION  
DATE  
NOTES  
(8)  
G
H
I
08/2012  
08/2012  
11/2014  
See  
See  
See  
.
(9)  
.
(10)  
.
(8) SWCS059G: Update  
Update Table 4-4, Section 5.7.3.2: VBRTC electrical parameters added and control clarified.  
Update (): Note for 100 nF capacitor requirement with over 20 kΩ source impedance added.  
Update and .  
Update Table 4-15: GPADC_VREF output impedance spec removed. GPADC_IN0 current source spec updated.  
Update Figure 5-7, Figure 5-8, Figure 5-9, Figure 5-10: Text clarified in the flowcharts.  
Update : RSNS and Rsense replaced by R2 and R9 for clarification.  
Update Section 5.9.6: Description added that system supply regulator operates after watchdog or safety timer expires.  
Update : Section 5.9.3.1: Caution about resistor R2 usage added.  
Update Table 4-11: VBAT_FULLCHRG parameters added.  
Update Table 4-17: VSYSMIN_HI and VSYSMIN_LO thresholds added.  
Update Section 4.5.8: VBUS and VAC detection thresholds updated.  
Update Section 5.11.4: Warning about RC-filtering added.  
Update Section 5.9: Note about the terminology of different charging sources added.  
(9) SWCS059H: Update  
Update : Ordering information updated.  
Update : ESD Specification updated.  
(10) Changed data sheet to standard TI format  
8 Mechanical Packaging and Orderable Information  
8.1 Packaging Information  
The following pages include mechanical packaging and orderable information. This information is the most  
current data available for the designated devices. This data is subject to change without notice and  
revision of this document.  
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Mechanical Packaging and Orderable Information  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Product Folder Links: TPS80032  
121  
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM  
www.ti.com  
10-Dec-2020  
PACKAGING INFORMATION  
Orderable Device  
Status Package Type Package Pins Package  
Eco Plan  
Lead finish/  
Ball material  
MSL Peak Temp  
Op Temp (°C)  
Device Marking  
Samples  
Drawing  
Qty  
(1)  
(2)  
(3)  
(4/5)  
(6)  
TPS80032A2ABYFFR  
TPS80032A2D7YFFR  
TPS80032A2F7YFFR  
TPS80032A2F8YFFR  
TPS80032A2FAYFFR  
PREVIEW  
DSBGA  
DSBGA  
DSBGA  
DSBGA  
DSBGA  
YFF  
155  
155  
155  
155  
155  
3000 RoHS & Green  
3000 RoHS & Green  
3000 RoHS & Green  
3000 RoHS & Green  
3000 RoHS & Green  
SNAGCU  
Level-1-260C-UNLIM  
Level-1-260C-UNLIM  
Level-1-260C-UNLIM  
Level-1-260C-UNLIM  
Level-1-260C-UNLIM  
-40 to 85  
-40 to 85  
-40 to 85  
-40 to 85  
-40 to 85  
TPS80032  
A2AB  
PREVIEW  
PREVIEW  
PREVIEW  
PREVIEW  
YFF  
SNAGCU  
SNAGCU  
SNAGCU  
SNAGCU  
TPS80032  
A2D7  
YFF  
TPS80032  
A2F7  
YFF  
TPS80032  
A2F8  
YFF  
TPS80032  
A2FA  
(1) The marketing status values are defined as follows:  
ACTIVE: Product device recommended for new designs.  
LIFEBUY: TI has announced that the device will be discontinued, and a lifetime-buy period is in effect.  
NRND: Not recommended for new designs. Device is in production to support existing customers, but TI does not recommend using this part in a new design.  
PREVIEW: Device has been announced but is not in production. Samples may or may not be available.  
OBSOLETE: TI has discontinued the production of the device.  
(2) RoHS: TI defines "RoHS" to mean semiconductor products that are compliant with the current EU RoHS requirements for all 10 RoHS substances, including the requirement that RoHS substance  
do not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous materials. Where designed to be soldered at high temperatures, "RoHS" products are suitable for use in specified lead-free processes. TI may  
reference these types of products as "Pb-Free".  
RoHS Exempt: TI defines "RoHS Exempt" to mean products that contain lead but are compliant with EU RoHS pursuant to a specific EU RoHS exemption.  
Green: TI defines "Green" to mean the content of Chlorine (Cl) and Bromine (Br) based flame retardants meet JS709B low halogen requirements of <=1000ppm threshold. Antimony trioxide based  
flame retardants must also meet the <=1000ppm threshold requirement.  
(3) MSL, Peak Temp. - The Moisture Sensitivity Level rating according to the JEDEC industry standard classifications, and peak solder temperature.  
(4) There may be additional marking, which relates to the logo, the lot trace code information, or the environmental category on the device.  
(5) Multiple Device Markings will be inside parentheses. Only one Device Marking contained in parentheses and separated by a "~" will appear on a device. If a line is indented then it is a continuation  
of the previous line and the two combined represent the entire Device Marking for that device.  
(6)  
Lead finish/Ball material - Orderable Devices may have multiple material finish options. Finish options are separated by a vertical ruled line. Lead finish/Ball material values may wrap to two  
lines if the finish value exceeds the maximum column width.  
Addendum-Page 1  
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM  
www.ti.com  
10-Dec-2020  
Important Information and Disclaimer:The information provided on this page represents TI's knowledge and belief as of the date that it is provided. TI bases its knowledge and belief on information  
provided by third parties, and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of such information. Efforts are underway to better integrate information from third parties. TI has taken and  
continues to take reasonable steps to provide representative and accurate information but may not have conducted destructive testing or chemical analysis on incoming materials and chemicals.  
TI and TI suppliers consider certain information to be proprietary, and thus CAS numbers and other limited information may not be available for release.  
In no event shall TI's liability arising out of such information exceed the total purchase price of the TI part(s) at issue in this document sold by TI to Customer on an annual basis.  
Addendum-Page 2  
IMPORTANT NOTICE AND DISCLAIMER  
TI PROVIDES TECHNICAL AND RELIABILITY DATA (INCLUDING DATASHEETS), DESIGN RESOURCES (INCLUDING REFERENCE  
DESIGNS), APPLICATION OR OTHER DESIGN ADVICE, WEB TOOLS, SAFETY INFORMATION, AND OTHER RESOURCES “AS IS”  
AND WITH ALL FAULTS, AND DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS AND IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY  
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD  
PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.  
These resources are intended for skilled developers designing with TI products. You are solely responsible for (1) selecting the appropriate  
TI products for your application, (2) designing, validating and testing your application, and (3) ensuring your application meets applicable  
standards, and any other safety, security, or other requirements. These resources are subject to change without notice. TI grants you  
permission to use these resources only for development of an application that uses the TI products described in the resource. Other  
reproduction and display of these resources is prohibited. No license is granted to any other TI intellectual property right or to any third  
party intellectual property right. TI disclaims responsibility for, and you will fully indemnify TI and its representatives against, any claims,  
damages, costs, losses, and liabilities arising out of your use of these resources.  
TI’s products are provided subject to TI’s Terms of Sale (www.ti.com/legal/termsofsale.html) or other applicable terms available either on  
ti.com or provided in conjunction with such TI products. TI’s provision of these resources does not expand or otherwise alter TI’s applicable  
warranties or warranty disclaimers for TI products.  
Mailing Address: Texas Instruments, Post Office Box 655303, Dallas, Texas 75265  
Copyright © 2020, Texas Instruments Incorporated  

相关型号:

TPS805

Photo IC, LOGIC OUTPUT PHOTO DETECTOR
TOSHIBA

TPS806

TOSHIBA PHOTO IC SILICON EPITAXIAL PLANAR
TOSHIBA

TPS807

Silicon Epitaxial Planar Photo IC
ETC

TPS808

Silicon Epitaxial Planar Photo IC
ETC

TPS811

PHOTO IC SILICON EPITAXIAL PLANAR
TOSHIBA

TPS812

TOSHIBA PHOTO IC SILICON EXITAXIAL PLANAR
TOSHIBA

TPS81256

3-W, HIGH EFFICIENCY STEP-UP CONVERTER IN MicroSiP™ PACKAGING
TI

TPS81256SIP

3-W, HIGH EFFICIENCY STEP-UP CONVERTER IN MicroSiP™ PACKAGING
TI

TPS81256SIPR

3-W, HIGH EFFICIENCY STEP-UP CONVERTER IN MicroSiP™ PACKAGING
TI

TPS81256SIPT

3-W, HIGH EFFICIENCY STEP-UP CONVERTER IN MicroSiP™ PACKAGING
TI